359
Stand 08/2016 1 Training Program Worldwide Technical Training Global Training – The finest automotive learning.

training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 1

Training Program Worldwide

Technical Training

Global Training – The finest automotive learning.

Page 2: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 2

TECHNICAL TRAINING 15

Overall Vehicle 15

Antriebsstrang und Fahrwerk$6$Powertrain and Chassis 21

Bodywork 23

Chassis and Active Safety 36

T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go 15

T1008F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • For Service Advisors • Go 16

T1011F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • Go 17

T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go 18

T0803F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • Go 19

T0915F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 for Service Advisors • Go 20

T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 21

T1607E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain & Suspension System Technician • Initial Test • Go 22

T1633Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician 23

T1654E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician • Initial Test 24

T1659Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist 25

T1655E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist • Initial Test 26

T1473F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • Automotive Appraisers and Managerial Staff at Body

Centers • Run 27

T1576F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class (Model Series 213) •

Run 28

T1504F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 7 • Fly 29

T1505F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 8 • Fly 30

T1506F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 9 • Fly 31

T1578F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Soft Top, Repair, Adjustment and Diagnosis

(Model Series 205/217) • Run 32

T1574F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Hardtop, Repair, Adjustment and Diagnosis

(Model Series 172/231) • Run 33

T1577F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class (Model Series 213) • Run 34

T1515F • smart • Soft Top Systems • Model Series 453 • Run 35

T1635Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician 36

T1634E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test • Go 37

T1595F • Brake Systems • Global ABS and electronic brake system (EBS) • Run 38

T1441E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test • Go 39

T1463Q • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician 40

T1442E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Final Test • Go 41

Page 3: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 3

Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42

Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50

Diagnosis Engineering 62

Fundamentals 67

T1518F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis on telematics and comfort systems • Fly 42

T1517F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the E-Class (W213) with New Refrigerant

(ECE) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run 43

T1651F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the S-Class (W222) with New Refrigerant

(R744) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run 45

T1354F • Passenger Cars • Supplemental Restraint Systems • Restraint, Knee, Airbag and Safety Systems •

Run 46

T1356Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System Technician 47

T1598F • Drive authorization/locking systems and passive safety systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego

Euro VI standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 48

T1599E • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series

963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go 49

T1625Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive

Safety System Technicians 50

T1626E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive

Safety System Technician • Initial Test • Go 51

T1495E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Comfort, Passive Safety and Telecommunications System

Technician • Initial Test 52

T1496F • Vans • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 53

T1501F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Expert Training • Run 54

T1503F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Tips and Tricks, Latest Features and

Modifications, Exchange of Experiences for Service Advisors • Go 55

T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 56

T1499F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Comfort Systems and

Telecommunications • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 57

T1497F • Vans • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 58

T1500F • Vans • Telematics • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 59

T1560E • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • e-Training • Go 60

T1563F • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • Go 61

T1009Q • Passenger Cars • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician 62

T1529F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly 64

T1428F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training 2016

(Model Series 93x) • Fly 65

T1604F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Further Training 2017 • Fly 66

T1623F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go 67

T1444F • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go 68

T1640F • Overall Vehicle • Overseas • Actros, Arocs (Model Series 963, 964) • Run 69

T1443F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology Basics • Maintenance and Service • Go 70

T1513Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician 71

T1468E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician • Initial Test • Go 72

T1474E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Final Test • Go 73

Page 4: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 4

FUSO Canter 74

Komfort und Telekommunikation$6$Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 75

Maintenance 76

Mercedes-Benz Service24h 80

On-board Electrical System, Bus System 85

Overall Vehicle 87

Powertrain 96

P0153F • FUSO • Service Operating Processes • ASCENT (After-Sales Central) • Run 74

T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 75

T1627Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Maintenance Technician 76

T1656F • Maintenance and Service • Go 77

T1487E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Initial Test • Go 78

T1486F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and Service • Go 79

V0156E • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and customer-oriented

behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go 80

V0157E • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and customer-

oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go 81

V0158P • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and customer-

oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Go 82

S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 • AKUBIS®

direct sales • Go 84

T1620F • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go 85

T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 86

T1624F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualification for Newcomers

• Go 87

T1632F • smart • Innovations and customer contact • Telematics, e-Mobility and BRABUS • Current topics

on model series 453 for service advisors • Go 89

T1430F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Marco Polo and Marco Polo Activity Model Series 447 • Go 90

T1609F • Vans • Market Launch • VS 40 for service advisors • Go 91

T1612F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 639 Vito/Viano, Model Series 906

Sprinter, Model Series 447 V-Class/Vito • Run 92

T1614E • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • e-Training • Go 93

T1615F • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • Go 94

T1631F • AMG • Overall Vehicle • Mercedes AMG C-Class (Model Series 205) • Diagnosis and Repair •

Run 95

T1637Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain System Technician 96

T1636E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drive Train System Technician • Initial Test • Go 97

T1510F • Diesel Engines • OM654 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 98

T1653F • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Exchange of experience • Fly 99

T1658F • Manual Transmissions • FSG310 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 100

T1657F • Gasoline Engines • M177 and M178 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 101

T1596F • All-Wheel Systems • Hydraulic auxiliary drive (HAD) • Run 102

Page 5: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 5

Powertrain and Chassis 103

Service Advisors and Workshop Manager 113

Telecommunications 116

Mercedes-Benz Service24h 125

Overall Vehicle 131

T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 103

T1502F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Tips and tricks, latest innovations, exchange of experiences for

Service Advisors • Go 104

T1494F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Expert Training • Run 105

T1488E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Drivetrain and Suspension System Technician • Initial Test •

Go 106

T1490F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 107

T1489F • Vans • Diesel Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 108

T1491F • Vans • Transmission • Manual and Automatic Transmission, Differential and All-Wheel Drive •

Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 109

T1492F • Vans • Suspension and Driving Assistance Systems • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 110

T1493F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Drivetrain and Suspension,

Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 111

T1603F • Diagnosis strategy • On-Board Electrical System & Networking • Drive & Suspension • Go 112

T1520F • Telematics • Truck Connected • Run 113

T1639F • Telematics • Active customer management with MB Uptime • Run 114

S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 • AKUBIS® direct sales •

Go 115

T1516F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • E-Class Model Series 213 • Innovations • Run 116

T1347F • smart • On-Board Electrical System, Telematics and Innovations • Run 117

T1469F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • Fly 118

T1470F • Trucks • Telematics • Run 119

T1498Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Technician 120

T1471E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Technician • Initial Test

• Go 121

T1472E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Technician • Final Test

• Go 122

T1597E • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go 123

T1601E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Comfort & Telecommunications System Technician • Initial Test •

Go 124

V0088P • Passenger Cars, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case

processing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Go 125

V0100E • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Roadside Assistance • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • e-Training

• Go 127

T0158F • Vans • Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service 24h • Run 128

V0089P • Vans, Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, Breakdown Case Processing and

Customer-oriented Behavior at the Breakdown Location • Go 129

T1087F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Damage Diagnosis and Repair • Supplementary Information

for Major Assemblies and Special Vehicles • Run 130

T0459F • Passenger Cars, smart • Overall Vehicle • Roadside Assistance, on-site repairs, tips & support •

Run 131

Page 6: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 6

Fundamentals 132

Maintenance 149

T1158F • Passenger Cars • Overall Vehicle • Basic Knowledge for New Service Advisors without Technical

Qualification • Go 132

T0219F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level I • Go 133

T0220F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level II • Go 134

T0221F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level III • Go 135

T1316Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System

Technicians • Run 136

T1084E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for

System Technicians • Initial Test • Go 137

T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System

Technicians • Final Test • Go 138

V0131E • Passenger Cars, smart • Qualification Program • Technical Fundamentals for Non-Technical Job

Profiles • Initial Test 139

T0119F • Vans • Alternative Drives • Product Qualification of the Vito E-CELL • Go 140

T1057F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) •

Run 141

T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go 142

T0141F • Trucks • ZETROS Off-Road Trucks • Run 143

T0945F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Econic Model Series 956 • Go 144

T1058F • Trucks • Special-Purpose Vehicles • Heavy-Duty Truck Model Series 964 • Go 145

T1261Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System

Technicians 146

T1266E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System

Technicians • Initial Test • Go 147

T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System

Technicians • Final Test • Go 148

T0216F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • Go 149

T0694F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • New types • New Features and Modifications • Run 150

T0213F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and Service • Go 151

T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go 152

Page 7: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 7

On-board Electrical System, Bus System 153

Service Advisors and Workshop Manager 164

T0004F • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go 153

T0514F • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run 154

T0445E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems •

e-Training • Go 155

T0788F • Passenger Cars • Wiring Harness Repair • Go 156

T0250F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter BR 906, Vito/Viano BR 639 • Run 157

T0795F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter Facelift, Vito/Viano, Citan (Model

Series 906, 639, 415) • Run 158

T1306F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • New V-Class and New Vito (Model Series 447) •

Run 159

T0254F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Vito and Viano BR 639, Sprinter BR 906 • Run 160

T0253F • Vans • Practice-Oriented Supplementary Training on the Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) •

Sprinter (BR 906) and Vito, Viano • Run 161

T0244F • Trucks • On-board Electrical Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation • Actros, Axor, Atego •

Run 162

T1028F • Trucks • System Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model

Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 163

S0403E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for NTG 5.5 • e-Training

• Go 164

S0311E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for NTG 5 • e-Training

• Go 165

T1026F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Run 166

T1025F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard for Service Advisors • Internet Application • Run 167

T1082F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Powertrain and Suspension • Actros, Arocs,

Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 168

Page 8: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 8

Diagnosis Engineering 169

T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic

Strategy 2 • Run 169

T0372Q • smart • Qualification Program 170

T1054Q • smart • Certification Program • 2016 • Certified Diagnostic Technician 171

T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test 173

T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run 174

T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run 175

T0797F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test preparation • Run 176

T0995F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run 177

T0944F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • smart BR 453 • Further Training • Fly 178

T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go 179

T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical Components,

Comfort and Telematics • Run 181

T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components,

Comfort and Telematics • Run 182

T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain • M276 DEH LA and

OM642 LS • Run 183

T0982F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run 184

T1015F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test preparation • Run 185

T1016F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run 186

T1241F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • E-Class Model Series 213 •

Further Training • Fly 187

T0983Q • Vans • Certification Program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician 188

T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go 189

T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run 190

T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run 191

T0990F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test preparation • Run 192

T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run 193

T1206F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 194

T1037F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 195

T0948F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 196

T1402F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 197

T1153F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 198

T0985Q • Trucks • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician 199

T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort,

Telematics • Run 200

Page 9: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 9

Overall Vehicle 213

T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run 201

T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run 202

T0947F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly 203

T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series 963 • Initial

Test • Go 204

T0524F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Actros Model Series

96x • Run 206

T0525F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Actros Model Series

96x • Run 207

T0528F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model Series 963 • Test

Preparation • Run 208

T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series 963 • Test • Run 209

T1154F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training 2015 (Model Series

93x) • Fly 210

T1207F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training 2016 (Model Series

96x) • Fly 211

T1038F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 212

T0890E • Passenger Cars • System Technician • Knowledge Check • Go 213

T1423F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualification for Newcomers

• Go 214

T1192F • Passenger Cars • Alternative Drives • Manual Power Disable of the HV On-Board Electrical

System and New HV Tests • Fly 216

T1252Q • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technician • Run 218

T1247F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF • Welcome to Canter World • Go 219

T0780F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF BR 468 • Go 220

T1126F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter Eco • Hybrid High-Voltage Product Qualification • Run 221

T0768F • FUSO • Diesel Engines • Engine Model Series 4P10, Euro 5/6 from Facelift TF1 • Run 222

T1248E • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964,

967) • e-Training • Go 223

T1330F • Vans, Trucks • Special Training • Run 224

T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go 225

T1138F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter BR 906 • Go 226

T0980F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter Model Series 909 • Go 227

T0426E • Vans • Citan • e-Training • Go 228

T1271F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 447 V-Class and Vito • Run 229

T1039F • FUSO • Transmissions • Repair of DUONIC® transmission and system diagnoses • Run 230

T0433F • FUSO • Electric • Canter TF • On-board electrical system, system networking, retrofitting • Run 231

T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly 232

Page 10: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 10

Powertrain 233

T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor Vehicles – Awareness •

e-Training • Go 233

T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for Motor Vehicles • Go 234

T1041E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Initial

Test • Go 236

T1033Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician 237

T1085E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Final

Test • Fly 238

T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly 239

T0081E • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go 240

T0874E • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run 241

T1106F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM626 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 242

T1004F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651 and OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly243

T1005F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 244

T1080F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Innovations • Fly 245

T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-Training • Go 246

T0873E • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-Training • Go 247

T0351F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M156 and M159 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 248

T1003F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274, M276 and M278 •

Diagnosis • Fly 249

T1071F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M177, M178, C63 and C43 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 250

T0489F • AMG • Gasoline Engines and Automatic Transmissions • M152, M157, M279 and 722.9 •

Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 251

T0773F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M133 • Run 252

T0976F • Passenger Cars • Gaseous Fuel Engines • M270 CNG • Run 253

T0078E • AMG • Powertrain C197 • Dual Clutch Transmission • e-Training • Run 254

T0888E • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • e-Training • Run 255

T1036F • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 256

T1006F • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 257

T1107F • AMG • Automatic Transmission • 700.4 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 258

T0834E • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmission • (724.0) 7-GDCT - e-Training • Run 259

T0491F • Passenger Cars • Automatic transmission (724.0-7G-DCT) • Diagnosis and repair • Run 260

T0347F • Passenger Cars • Automatic and Manual Transmission • Innovations • Fly 261

T0039E • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • e-Test • Run 262

T1001F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 263

T0782F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis, Repair • Run 264

T0840F • smart • smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go 265

T1320F • smart • Engines and Transmissions • Drivetrain • BR 453 • Run 266

T0182F • Vans • Automatic Transmission • Sprinter BR 906, Vito and Viano BR 639 • Run 267

T0184F • Vans • Manual Transmissions TSG 360, TSG 480 and Axle Drive BM 741 • Run 268

T0270F • Vans • Sprinter • Natural Gas Technology (NGT) and Liquefied Gas Technology (LGT) • Run 269

T1048F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter BR 906 Facelift • Run 270

T1056F • Vans • Diesel Engines • OM607, OM651, OM642 • Run 271

T1067F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Manual Transmissions • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter BR 906 •

Modifications and New Features • Run 272

T1270F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Transmissions • Model Series 447 Engine OM622 and Manual

Transmission FSG350 • Run 273

Page 11: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 11

T0756F • Vans • Drivetrain OM607 and Manual Transmission • Citan • Run 274

T1297E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Initial Test • Go 275

T1296E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Final Test • Go 276

T0429F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine OM906 LAG • Run 277

T0294F • Trucks • Telligent® Engine Systems • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • Run 278

T1254F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations • Run 279

T0256F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Run 280

T0430F • Trucks • Parameterization • Actros Model Series 963 • Run 281

T1250F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Parameterizing Complex Bodies • Fly 282

T0101E • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management BR 471 • e-Training • Go 283

T0754F • Trucks • Engine Management and Exhaust Aftertreatment • OM934, OM936, OM470, OM471

and OM473 • Run 284

T0753F • Trucks • Diesel Engines • OM936 and OM471 • Repair • Run 285

T1046F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine M 936 G in the Econic • Run 286

T0293F • Trucks • Mechanical Engine Components Repair • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • Run 287

T0269F • Trucks • Transmission Management • GS, EAS, Mercedes PowerShift • Run 288

T0266F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Range-Change Transmission • Run 289

T0778F • Trucks • Manual Gearshift Systems • The Actros for distribution and construction site transport

and the Atego Euro VI standard • Run 290

T0296F • Trucks • Transmission Management with Automated Shift • Actros Model Series 963 • Run 291

T1049F • Trucks • Transmission • G 140, G 141, G 211 • Repair • Run 292

T1221F • Trucks • Transmission • Shifting systems • Run 293

T1081F • Trucks • Engines and Transmissions • New Features and Modifications • Actros, Arocs, Atego

Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 294

Page 12: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 12

Chassis and Active Safety 295

T0368Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension System Technician 295

T0679E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension System Technician •

Initial Test • Go 296

T0839E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension System Technician •

Final Test • Fly 297

T0076E • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • e-Training • Run 298

T0344F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • Fundamentals,

Diagnosis and Repair • Run 299

T0342F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control, Suspension and Active Driving Assistance Systems • New

features and modifications • Run 300

T1262F • Vans • Wheel Alignment • Citan Model Series 415, V-Class/Vito Model Series 447, Sprinter

Model Series 906 • Run 301

T1298Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician 302

T1042F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • Steering Systems and Chassis Level Control System (CLCS) •

Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 303

T0152F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • ASA (Additional Steering Axle) and CLCS (Chassis Level Control

System) • Actros BR 963 • Run 304

T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go 305

T1043F • Trucks • Brake Systems • Air Brake Systems • Run 306

T0150F • Trucks • Telligent® Brake System BS2 • Run 307

T0149F • Trucks • Telligent® level control system (NR) • Run 308

T1263F • Trucks • Vehicle Alignment • Actros, Antos Model Series 963, Arocs Model Series 964, Atego

Model Series 967 • Run 309

T0762F • Trucks • Electronic Brake System (EBS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series

963, 964, 967) • Run 310

T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go 311

Page 13: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 13

Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 312

Telecommunications 326

T1156E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System Technician •

Initial Test • Go 312

T1121F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • C-Class Model Series 205, GLE Facelift

Model Series 166 and GLE Coupe Model Series 292 • Innovations • Run 313

T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort Systems •

e-Training • Run 314

T0092E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go 315

T0819F • Passenger Cars • Air Conditioning Systems and Auxiliary Heaters • Emphasis on the S-Class

(W/V222), A-Class and B-Class (W176, W246) • Run 316

T0447F • Passenger Cars • Diagnosis of Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Fly 317

T0454F • Passenger Cars, Vans • New Drive Authorization System DAS 4 • Key Programming • Run 318

T1124F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Drive Authorization Systems •

Operation, Diagnosis and Repair • Run 319

T0239F • Trucks • Heating and Climate Control • Run 320

T1357E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System Technician • Final

Test • Go 321

T1068F • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (Model

Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 322

T0243F • Trucks • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Axor • Run 323

T1055F • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI

(model series 963, 964, 967) • Run 324

T1078F • Trucks • Equipment • Cab, Interior and Exterior • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI

(Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 325

T1157E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Telecommunications System

Technician • Initial Test • Go 326

T1301Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Telecommunications • Run 327

T1120F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • C-Class Model Series 205 and S-Class Coupe Model Series

217 • Innovations • Run 328

T1292E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015 • Telecommunication Systems Technician

• Final Test • Run 329

T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort Systems •

e-Training • Run 330

T0833E • Passenger Cars • Telecommunications Systems • e-Training • Go 331

T0822F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go 332

T0455F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis of the NTG 4.5 and Current Telematics Systems • Fly 333

T1024F • Trucks • Telematics • Fly 334

T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go 335

Page 14: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 14

Bodywork 336

Paint 357

FUSO Canter 359

T1161E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • Body Specialists • Initial Test • Go 336

T1308Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Body Specialist • Run 337

T1305E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Body Specialist • Final Test • Run 338

T1127F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series 176, 246, 167,

117) • Run 339

T0849F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly 340

T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go 341

T0365F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 1 • Run 342

T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly 343

T0513F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 1 • Fly 344

T0518F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 2 • Fly 345

T0530F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 3 • Fly 346

T0854F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 4 • Fly 347

T0906F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 5 • Fly 348

T0909F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 6 • Fly 349

T0846F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 1 • Fly 350

T1345F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 2 • Fly 351

T1104F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • Interior and Exterior Equipment in the A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class

(Model Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run 352

T0851F • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model Series W222, W217 • Fly 353

T0911F • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run 354

T1000F • Passenger Cars • Joining Technology • Run 355

T1274F • Vans • Accident Repair and Equipment • V-Class and Vito Model Series 447 • Run 356

T1098F • Passenger Cars • Quality Post-Repair Refinishing • Mercedes-Benz-Specific Topics • Run 357

T0283F • Passenger Cars • Damage Diagnosis for Mercedes-Benz High-Quality Paint Repair • For Service

Advisors • Fly 358

T1245E • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technicians • Initial Test • Go 359

Page 15: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 15

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0999E-AA

Target group System Technician, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the innovations in the most important technical systems, components and

major assemblies

> Communicate innovations in a customer-friendly manner

Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and

basic functions of the technical innovations, including:

> Engines

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking

> Comfort and safety systems

> Telecommunications

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 16: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 16

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1008F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • For Service Advisors • Go

Course Number T1008F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work

> State the sales features for the new vehicle in conjunction with service

> Describe retrofits and accessories

Contents > Introduction to the new Vito model series 447

> Operation and design of new systems

> Retrofitting and accessories

> Service arguments

Mandatory prerequisite T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 17: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 17

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1011F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • Go

Course Number T1011F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work

> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's

specifications

> Perform initial diagnosis steps on the systems

Contents > Functions of the new systems: drivetrain, comfort, safety and telecommunications

> Operation of new systems

> Maintenance and repair

> Diagnosis

>1> Special considerations for service

Mandatory prerequisite T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 18: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 18

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-

Training • Go

Course Number T0804E-AA

Target group System Technician, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the innovations in the most important technical systems, components and

major assemblies

> Communicate innovations in a customer-friendly manner

Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and

basic functions of the technical innovations, including:

> Engines

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking

> Comfort and safety systems

> Telecommunications

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,3 hours

Page 19: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 19

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0803F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • Go

Course Number T0803F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work

> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's

specifications

> Perform initial diagnosis steps required to repair the systems

Contents Repair procedures:

> Functions of the new systems: drivetrain, comfort, safety and telecommunications

> Operation of these systems

> Maintenance and repair

> Diagnosis

> Special considerations for service

Mandatory prerequisite T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-

Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 20: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 20

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0915F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 for Ser-

vice Advisors • Go

Course Number T0915F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work

> State the service-related sales arguments for the new vehicle

> Describe retrofits and accessories

Contents > Introduction to the new Viano

> Operation and structure of the new systems

> Retrofitting and accessories

> Service arguments

Mandatory prerequisite T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-

Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 21: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 21

Chapter Technical Training

Department Antriebsstrang und Fahrwerk$6$Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go

Course Number T1602F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician

Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy

> Develop a diagnostic strategy based on the level model

> Apply the current diagnostic equipment and diagnostic aids and evaluate their results

and develop them further

> Describe the various fault types and their effects

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the

related basic functions in the new truck model series

> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform

diagnostic work on these components

> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system

Contents > Diagnosis according to the level model

> Faults and fault types

> Application of the diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)

> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes

> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic

systems

> On-board electrical system architecture and bus systems in the new truck model

series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (model series 96, 963, 964, 967)

> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases

Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis and the HMS990 or has completed

the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit

• Go".

The two CBTs "Successful troubleshooting with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754)

and "Diagnostic Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as

preparation.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 22: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 22

Chapter Technical Training

Department Antriebsstrang und Fahrwerk$6$Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1607E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain & Suspension System Technician •

Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1607E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Engine management

> Transmission management

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Electronic air processing unit (EAPU)

> Additional steering axle (ASA)

> Chassis Level Control System (CLCS)

> Electronic brake system (EBS)

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification series to become a Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain &

Suspension System Technician.

Duration 0 hours

Page 23: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 23

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1633Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician

Course Number T1633Q-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives Participant qualify as Body Technicians. Participants receive a certificate following

completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1633P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician •

Competency Analysis

> T0458E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training •

Go

> T1000F-AA • Passenger Cars • Joining Technology • Run

> T1104F-AA • Passenger Cars • Equipment • Interior and Exterior Equipment in the A-,

B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run

> T1127F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model

Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run

> T1576F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class

(Model Series 213) • Run

> T1577F-AA • Passenger Cars • Equipment • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class

(Model Series 213) • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 24: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 24

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1654E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician • Initial

Test

Course Number T1654E-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge in the competence fields has been determined

> An individual qualification plan has been created for the competence field

> The participant and supervisor have been informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test in the area of bodies.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0 hours

Page 25: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 25

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1659Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist

Course Number T1659Q-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Participants qualify as Body Specialists. Participants receive a certificate following

completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1659P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist •

Competency Analysis

> T0458E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training •

Go

> T0849F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly

> T0851F-AA • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model

Series W222, W217 • Fly

> T0911F-AA • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run

> T1574F-AA • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Hardtop, Repair,

Adjustment and Diagnosis (Model Series 172/231) • Run

> T1578F-AA • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Soft Top, Repair,

Adjustment and Diagnosis (Model Series 205/217) • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 7,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 26: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 26

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1655E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist • Initial

Test

Course Number T1655E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives > The participant's knowledge in the competence fields has been determined

> An individual qualification plan has been created for the competence field

> The participant and supervisor have been informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test in the area of bodies.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz body specialists.

Duration 0 hours

Page 27: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 27

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1473F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • Automotive Appraisers and Managerial

Staff at Body Centers • Run

Course Number T1473F-AA

Target group Service Manager, User IT Systems , Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales , Manager ,

Service Advisor

Objectives Participant is familiar with:

> Mercedes-Benz Passenger Cars production locations

> Mercedes-Benz information sources

> Accident diagnosis

> Functions of Mercedes-Benz support systems

> Exchange criteria for vehicle components

> Accident-related repair solutions

> Special factory finishes

> Model series-specific information on the C-Class and S-Class (model series 205,

222/217)

Contents > MB Passenger Cars production locations

> Mercedes-Benz information sources

> Accident diagnosis

> Support systems

> Exchange criteria for vehicle components

> Accident-related repair solutions

> Special factory finishes

> Model series-specific information on the C-Class and S-Class (model series 205,

222/217)

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 28: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 28

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1576F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class

(Model Series 213) • Run

Course Number T1576F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the design of the body structure for model series 205 and model series 213

> Describe common repairs and knows associated special considerations

> Name special considerations required for processing ultra-high-strength steels and

aluminum hybrid components during repairs

> State the scope of model-series-specific special tools

> Name the digital body measurement and diagnostic systems and the associated

damage diagnosis

> Name the recommended straightening systems

Contents > Body design of the E-Class model series 213 and C-Class model series 205

> Practical exercises for common repairs

> Repair concept requirements occasioned by ultra-high-strength steels and aluminum

hybrid construction

> Use of special tools

> Digital body measurement and diagnostic systems and the associated damage

diagnosis

> Body straightening systems

Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 29: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 29

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1504F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 7 • Fly

Course Number T1504F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T1345F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 2 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring:

- His/her "welding test certificate" from further training course T1345F

- His/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls),

as it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course

- A materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work

sample

Upon successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training

Course 2" (T1345F), the participant will receive a certificate.

This certificate is valid for two years as long as the employee successfully participates in

the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9 • Fly" every

six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 30: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 30

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1505F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 8 • Fly

Course Number T1505F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T1504F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 7 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring:

- His/her "welding test certificate" from further training course T1345F

- His/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls),

as it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course

- A materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work

sample

Upon successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training

Course 2" (T1345F), the participant will receive a certificate.

This certificate is valid for two years as long as the employee successfully participates in

the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9, • Fly" every

six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 31: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 31

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1506F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 9 • Fly

Course Number T1506F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T1505F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 8 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring:

- His/her "welding test certificate" from further training course T1345F

- His/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls),

as it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course

- A materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work

sample

Upon successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training

Course 2" (T1345F), the participant will receive a certificate.

This certificate is valid for two years as long as the employee successfully participates in

the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9 • Fly" every

six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 32: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 32

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1578F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Soft Top, Repair, Adjustment

and Diagnosis (Model Series 205/217) • Run

Course Number T1578F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participants can:

> Explain the design and function of the fabric top systems

> Describe the roof sequence phases

> Describe interaction between components

> Describe the sequence of mechanical adjustment options

> Describe the diagnostic options (electrical/hydraulic) with XENTRY Diagnosis

> Perform emergency actuation

> Describe the use of roof-specific special tools

Contents > Design and function of the fabric top systems

> Interaction between mechanical, electrical and hydraulic components

> Option of adjusting mechanical components

> Diagnosis of electrical and hydraulic components

> Emergency actuation

> Special tools

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 33: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 33

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1574F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Hardtop, Repair, Adjustment

and Diagnosis (Model Series 172/231) • Run

Course Number T1574F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participants can:

> Explain the design and function of the hardtop roof systems

> Describe the roof sequence phases

> Describe interaction between components

> Describe the sequence of mechanical adjustment options

> Describe the diagnostic options (electrical/hydraulic) with XENTRY Diagnosis

> Perform emergency actuation

> Describe the use of roof-specific special tools

Contents > Design and function of the hardtop roof systems

> Interaction between mechanical, electrical and hydraulic components

> Option of adjusting mechanical components

> Diagnosis of electrical and hydraulic components

> Emergency actuation

> Special tools

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 34: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 34

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1577F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class (Model

Series 213) • Run

Course Number T1577F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participants can:

> Name the main equipment features and special features of the C-Class model series

205 and E-Class model series 213

> Name the innovations of the restraint system

> Carry out basic removal and installation operations on the interior and exterior

> State the need for calibration and adjustment operations following repair work and

carry this out

Contents > Equipment features and special features of the C-Class model series 205 and E-Class

model series 213

> Innovations in the restraint system

> Practice-oriented exercises on various removal and installation operations in the

interior and exterior

> Body-related calibration and adjustment operations

Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 35: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 35

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1515F • smart • Soft Top Systems • Model Series 453 • Run

Course Number T1515F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate and maintain the soft top system on the model series 453

> Professionally perform a fault diagnosis

> Perform necessary repairs

Contents > Function mode and operation of the model 453 soft top system

> Possible causes of faults

> Remedies and repairs

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 36: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 36

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1635Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician

Course Number T1635Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Participants qualify as Suspension System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1635P-AA • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician •

Competency Analysis

> T0076E-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems

• e-Training • Run

> T0258F-AA • Passenger Cars • Suspension Systems • Fundamentals, Diagnosis and

Repair • Run

> T0307F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart • Wheel Alignment • Run

> T0344F-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems

• Fundamentals, Diagnosis and Repair • Run

> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical

and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go

> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run

> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 12,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 37: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 37

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1634E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test

• Go

Course Number T1634E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test in the areas:

> Suspension

> Active safety systems

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension and Active

Safety System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 38: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 38

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1595F • Brake Systems • Global ABS and electronic brake system (EBS) • Run

Course Number T1595F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Following the training, the participant is able to do the following on the Actros, Antos,

Arocs and Atego Euro VI truck model series (model series 963, 964, 967):

> Read and use the pneumatic function schematics

> Describe the integration of the electronic air-processing unit in vehicle networking

> Describe the design of the electronic air-processing unit

> Explain the functions of the Electronic Air-Processing Unit

> Check the pressure retention function of the electronic air-processing unit according

to manufacturer specifications

> Carry out possible diagnoses on the Electronic Air-Processing Unit

> Describe the system design of the ABS brake system (Global ABS)

> Describe the system design of the electronic brake system (EBS) for different vehicle

versions

> Name the individual system components and explain their tasks

> Explain the function sequences in the different brake systems

> Explain the special features in the system design of the electronic brake system

> Perform target-oriented function tests on individual components

> Perform parameterization for ESP4all

Contents > Design and function:

- Electronic air processing unit

- Global ABS

- Electronic Brake System (EBS)

> Special functions of the electronic brake system, such as the hill holder or ESP

> Procedure for parameterizing the ESP control unit

> Testing of system functions and individual system components

> Fault diagnoses

Mandatory prerequisite T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note To refresh your knowledge, you can use the "Air Brake Systems – Reading Pneumatic

Function Diagrams" CBT (1290 4316 00) by way of preparation.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 39: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 39

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1441E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test

• Go

Course Number T1441E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Electronic air processing unit (EAPU)

> Additional steering axle (ASA)

> Chassis Level Control System (CLCS)

> Electronic brake system (EBS)

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension System

Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 40: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 40

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1463Q • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician

Course Number T1463Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Participants qualify as Suspension System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1463P-AA • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician •

Competency Analysis

> T0762F-AA • Trucks • Electronic Brake System (EBS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and

Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

> T1042F-AA • Trucks • Chassis Systems • Steering Systems and Chassis Level

Control System (CLCS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963,

964, 967) • Run

> T1043F-AA • Trucks • Brake Systems • Air Brake Systems • Run

> T1400E-AA • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go

> T1442E-AA • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Final

Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 6,5 days (per 8 hours)

Page 41: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 41

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1442E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Final Test •

Go

Course Number T1442E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Brake systems

> Suspension systems

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension System

Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 42: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 42

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1518F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis on telematics and comfort systems

• Fly

Course Number T1518F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Systematically evaluate complex telematics complaints and find suitable repair

solutions

> Perform structured troubleshooting using DAS and XENTRY

> Internalize the systematic approach of the diagnosis strategy by completing practical

exercises

Contents > Diagnosis on telematics and comfort systems based on the diagnostic strategy

> Diagnosis and troubleshooting with and without fault code for customer complaints

> Use of latest diagnostic tools and Hermann measurement technology

Mandatory prerequisite T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort

Systems • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 43: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 43

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1517F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the E-Class (W213)

with New Refrigerant (ECE) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run

Course Number T1517F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives > General air conditioning systems (review): Describe the proper service process using

the air conditioning service unit

> Air conditioning system on model series 213: Describe the design, function of air

conditioning system installed at market launch

> Describe the handling of the new refrigerants R1234yf and R744.

> Name the new features and modifications to the model series 213 air conditioning

system in terms of design, components, function and new refrigerant (R744, R1234yf)

> Name the new features in the model series 222 air conditioning system in terms of

design, components and function

> Perform proper diagnoses

- on cooling components (evacuation, leak test, charging, pressure test) with the air

conditioning service unit for 1234yf and R744

- on the air conditioning with XENTRY Diagnostics

> Name the different components of the climate control on hybrid vehicles

> Describe the design and function of the auxiliary heater

Contents > General air conditioning systems (review): Proper service process using the air

conditioning service unit

> Air conditioning in model series 213:

- Structure and function of the air conditioning system installed at market launch with

regard to R1234yf

- New features and modifications in terms of design, components and function in

combination with the new refrigerant R744

> Air conditioning in model series 222:

- New features in terms of design, components and function in combination with the

new refrigerant R744

> Diagnosis on cooling components (evacuation, leak test, charging, pressure test) with

the air conditioning service unit for 1234yf and R744

> Proper diagnosis on the air conditioning system with XENTRY Diagnostics

> Overview of the additional functions of climate control in hybrid vehicles

> Auxiliary heater:

- Design and function

- Diagnostics and testing

Mandatory prerequisite Z0067F • Passenger Cars • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The certificate of proficiency for air conditioning systems in acc. with EC regulation

307/2008 is a mandatory requirement

Page 44: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 44

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 45: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 45

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1651F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the S-Class (W222)

with New Refrigerant (R744) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run

Course Number T1651F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participants:

> Know how to handle the new R744 refrigerant (safety specifications) and are familiar

with the mode of operation of the new refrigerant

> Know the components in the new refrigerant circuit and their function

> Know the setup and mode of operation of the new refrigerant circuit

> Can fill the new system using the service unit for R744 and carry out a leak test

> Can perform a professional diagnosis of the R744 refrigerant circuit using the new leak

tester with forming gas and the corresponding leak detector

> Can carry out a complete check with respect to temperature measurement in the

interior

> Know the regulation of the THERMOTRONIC system for model series W222 and W213.

Contents > Handling the new R744 refrigerant (safety specifications) and mode of operation of the

new refrigerant

> Components in the new refrigerant circuit and their function

> Setup and mode of operation of the new refrigerant circuit

> Fill the system and perform a leak test using the R744 service unit.

> Professional diagnosis of the refrigerant circuit (R744) using the new leak tester with

forming gas and the corresponding leak detector

> Complete check with respect to temperature measurement in the interior

> Regulation of the THERMOTRONIC system for model series W222 and W213.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 46: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 46

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1354F • Passenger Cars • Supplemental Restraint Systems • Restraint, Knee, Airbag

and Safety Systems • Run

Course Number T1354F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design, function and repair of the current restraint systems

> Diagnose and test SRS components

> Perform diagnosis and repair work on the airbag, emergency tensioning retractor and

PRE-SAFE® systems

> Independently perform preventive measures on safety-relevant components on an

accident-damaged vehicle

Contents > Design, deployment and effect of all airbag systems

> Handling SRS components and PRE-SAFE® systems

> Emergency tensioning retractor and NECK-PRO head restraint

> Seat occupancy and automatic child seat recognition

> Passive safety components

> Responsibilities within the company

> Handling and storage of pyrotechnical material

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 47: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 47

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1356Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System

Technician

Course Number T1356Q-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Comfort and Passive Safety System Technician. Participants

receive a certificate following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1356P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety

System Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0092E-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training •

Go

> T1068F-AA • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego

Euro VI standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

> T1055F-AA • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs

and Atego Euro VI (model series 963, 964, 967) • Run

> T1357E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety

System Technician • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 4,5 days (per 8 hours)

Page 48: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 48

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1598F • Drive authorization/locking systems and passive safety systems • Actros,

Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1598F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of the drive authorization/locking systems and the

passive safety systems for the truck model series (96x)

> Perform independent professional diagnoses in the case of malfunctions and carry out

independent repairs on the systems

Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI

truck model series (96x).

> Design and system function of:

- Central locking systems

- Comfort locking systems

- Anti-theft alarm systems (ATA)

- Drive authorization systems (immobilizer)

- Passive safety systems

> Use of literature (function descriptions and electrical circuit diagrams)

> Practical examples and exercises for diagnosis and troubleshooting

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the training course "T1xxxF • Trucks • Diagnostic

Strategy, On-Board Electrical Systems, System Networking • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego

Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run" or has equivalent knowledge. The

participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Mandatory prerequisite T1599E • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego

Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of

Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and

Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 49: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 49

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1599E • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego

Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go

Course Number T1599E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Differentiate between DAS2 and DAS3 and assign them to the model series

> Name and describe the base functions for radio transmission between the various key

variants

> Describe the comfort functions available on the multifunction key

> Describe the components and design of the DAS3 drive authorization system

> Explain the function sequence for DAS2

Contents > DAS at a glance

> DAS3

- Access authorization

- Multifunction key

- Drive authorization system

> DAS2

- Drive authorization system

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of

Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and

Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 50: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 50

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1625Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunica-

tions/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technicians

Course Number T1625Q-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives Participants qualify as Telecommunications System Technicians. Participants receive a

certificate following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1625P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 •

Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technicians • Competency

Analysis

> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical

and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go

> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run

> T0819F-AA • Passenger Cars • Air Conditioning Systems and Auxiliary Heaters •

Emphasis on the S-Class (W/V222), A-Class and B-Class (W176, W246) • Run

> T0822F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go

> T1124F-AA • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Drive

Authorization Systems • Operation, Diagnosis and Repair • Run

> T1269F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Operation and Function of Current

Telecommunication Systems • Run

> T1273E-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and

Comfort Systems • e-Training • Run

> T1354F-AA • Passenger Cars • Supplemental Restraint Systems • Restraint, Knee,

Airbag and Safety Systems • Run

> T1518F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis on telematics and comfort

systems • Fly

> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 17,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 51: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 51

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1626E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunica-

tions/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1626E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Comfort systems and passive safety

> Telecommunications

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz

Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technicians

Duration 0 hours

Page 52: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 52

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1495E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Comfort, Passive Safety and Tele-

communications System Technician • Initial Test

Course Number T1495E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Identification of knowledge deficits and support in developing a training plan for the

Comfort, Passive Safety and Telecommunications System Technician qualification

program.

Contents The initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following

fields:

> Van system expertise related to

- electrical and comfort systems

- telematics systems and components in the van

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Page 53: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 53

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1496F • Vans • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Function, Operation and Di-

agnosis • Go

Course Number T1496F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of the heater and climate control

> Describe the design and function of the safety and restraint systems

> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

Contents

The contents are processed on the model series 415, 447 and 906

> Heating and climate control

> Stationary heater and heater booster

> Seat variants in model series 447 and their operation

> Safety and restraint Systems

> Carrying out possible testing and diagnostic work

> Diagnosis according to the level model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 54: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 54

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1501F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Expert Training • Run

Course Number T1501F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can

> Name new features in the on-board electrical system diagnosis

> Describe processes in the drive authorization systems

> Present problems with the operation of the stationary heater

> Describe ways to update navigation data

> Carry out specific diagnosis as well as repair and adjustment operations

> Describe the purpose and function of a diagnosis strategy

> Carry out his/her daily work in a more structured and more target oriented manner

Contents > New battery/alternator management features and on-board electrical system

diagnosis

> Drive authorization system processes

> Stationary heater technology

> Current telematics topics

> Mercedes me connect processes

> Performance of possible test and diagnosis work

> Diagnosis based on the level model

Mandatory prerequisite T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 55: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 55

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1503F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Tips and Tricks, Latest

Features and Modifications, Exchange of Experiences for Service Advisors • Go

Course Number T1503F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Workshop Foreman

Objectives The participant can

> Ask the customer specific questions in the event of a complaint

> Exchange information among each other based on select workshop cases brought

along by the participants

> Name functions and scopes for handling the parameterizable special module (PSM)

> Name functions and procedures for handling drive authorization systems

> Name key features of the Marco Polo

> Carry out key operations on telematics and locking systems

> Name information media or sources available in the daily environment

Contents > Tips and tricks for operating the new V-Class

> Function and operation of telematics components, e.g., COMAND

> Current problems and their remedy

> Overview of new equipment and aftermarket installations

> Exchange of experiences

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Current workshop scenarios are covered when exchanging experiences. Please bring

your own topics along to the training course.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 56: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 56

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go

Course Number T1611F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician

Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Participants can

> perform specific diagnoses and repair and adjustment work.

> use the XENTRY Kit system with the workshop oscilloscope in diagnoses.

> describe the design and functions of energy management.

> describe the design and functions of lighting systems.

> describe all variants of data transfer used in the van.

> describe the purpose of a diagnosis strategy.

> implement their daily work in a more structured and targeted manner.

Contents > Creation of a diagnostic strategy in accordance with the level model

> Completion of diagnostic work on vehicles with and without a fault code

> Overview of energy management and control unit networking

> Lighting systems, intelligent light system (ILS)

> Use of possible tests with XENTRY Kit and workshop oscilloscope

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 57: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 57

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1499F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Comfort

Systems and Telecommunications • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go

Course Number T1499F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the

current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions

> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van

> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids and evaluate their

results and develop them further

> Describe special considerations of the on-board electrical system for electrical

components, comfort systems and telecommunications

> Develop and propose solutions for current complaints

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents The contents cover practical and group work on:

> Fundamentals of on-board electrical system architecture and control unit networking

for the electrical system and telematics

> Battery management, alternator management and consumer shutoff

> Illumination, Intelligent Light System (ILS)

> Overview of overall networking

> Bus systems (types, CAN, MOST, LIN, FlexRay)

> Diagnosis of bus systems

> Survey of possible tests and how to conduct them with XENTRY Kit and Herman

Measurement Technology (HMS)

> Getting started with diagnosis according to the levels model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 58: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 58

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1497F • Vans • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Function, Operation and

Diagnosis • Go

Course Number T1497F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of different drive authorization systems

> Describe the processes related to ordering and blocking keys

> Describe the design and function of the locking systems

> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

Contents The contents are processed on the model series 415, 447 and 906.

> Overview of current drive authorization systems

> Design and function of locking systems

> Design and function of electric sliding door and electric liftgate

> Anti-theft alarm system ATA [EDW]

> Carrying out possible testing and diagnostic work

> Diagnosis according to the level model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 59: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 59

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1500F • Vans • Telematics • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go

Course Number T1500F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the function of telematics systems in the van

> Diagnose and understand basic malfunctions in telematics systems

> Perform testing and diagnosis operations on the current systems

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents The contents encompass practical and group work on the design and function of

> Telematics generation NTG5 in the V-Class

- Audio 15 in the Sprinter

> Location and interplay of telematics components in the van

> Measurement and diagnosis work on the vehicle using the Workshop Information

System and diagnosis system

> Diagnoses according to the levels model

Mandatory prerequisite T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 60: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 60

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1560E • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • e-Training • Go

Course Number T1560E-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Customer Contact Personnel

After-Sales , Service Receptionist

Objectives The participant:

> Knows the Mercedes me connect basic and Remote Online services

> Knows the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter

> Can describe the initial startup of the Mercedes me adapter

> Is familiar with the processes and information flows in Sales and After-Sales

> Knows the advantages for customers and retail

Contents > Mercedes me connect:

- Basic and Remote Online services

- Vehicle linking

- Service queries in retail

> Mercedes me adapter functions, services and initial startup

> Processes and information flows

> Advantages for customers and retail

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,8 hours

Page 61: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 61

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1563F • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • Go

Course Number T1563F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Customer Contact Personnel

After-Sales , Service Receptionist

Objectives The participant:

> Knows the competitive field and developments in the area of connectivity:

> Knows regulations and measures as well as opportunities and reservations on the

topic of mobile data/data protection

> Can state the basic system setup

> Knows the product scopes of the basic and Remote Online services

> Can name the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter

> Knows the processes for linking a van for Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me

adapter

> Knows the service processes with regard to Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me

adapter

Contents > Connectivity today

> Boundary conditions and system overview

> Mercedes me connect product scopes and services

> Mercedes me adapter functions and services

> Processes

Mandatory prerequisite T1560E • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 62: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 62

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1009Q • Passenger Cars • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic

Technician

Course Number T1009Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician.

Contents The certification program for Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technicians for

passenger cars consists of individual training courses. The certification program begins

with the initial test (T1012F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician •

Initial Test • Go). It involves a practical and theoretical test concerning the strategic

approach and transfer behavior in practice. Furthermore, it assesses theoretical

knowledge in the fields of EWAnet, electrical components, comfort, telematics and

drivetrain. Once you have passed the initial test, you will receive an overview of the

training courses to be booked before the examination. If you do not pass the initial test,

you will receive detailed information about the fields in which you are still lacking the

requisite knowledge. You may prepare for the next initial test through workplace

measures or by attending training sessions.

Once you have all the necessary qualifications, you can register for the final test (T1016

F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run).

Following successful completion, you will receive a certificate as a Certified Diagnostic

Technician.

The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T1012F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician •

Initial Test • Go

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified

Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

> T1002F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician •

Electrical Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

> T0981F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician •

Drivetrain • M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run

> T1016F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test

• Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of

systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star

Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is

also required.

Page 63: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 63

You can obtain or refresh this knowledge by attending training courses in the three

proficiencies (drive, comfort and telecommunications systems) from the System

Technician qualification program. Ideally, you will have successfully completed two

System Technician qualification courses. As preparation for the final test, you can sign up

for the training course "T1015F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician

• Test Preparation • Run". In this training course, practical work is carried out on

vehicles under real test conditions.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 14,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 64: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 64

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1529F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly

Course Number T1529F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Develop diagnoses on complex systems independently and take remedial action

> Argue in customer-orientated manner

> Differentiate incorrect operation or misunderstood system functions from system

malfunctions

> Incorporate his/her previous experience in target-group orientated exchange of views

and integrate additional experience into his/her daily working day

Contents smart model series 453:

> Diagnosis work on drive train

> Diagnosis work on cabriolet soft top/control system/function

> Innovations/changes for two / four

> Tips and tricks

> Exchange of experience

Mandatory prerequisite T0398F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 65: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 65

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1428F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training

2016 (Model Series 93x) • Fly

Course Number T1428F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

Contents Information on current content will be sent to the diagnosis technician in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0014F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 66: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 66

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1604F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Further Training 2017 • Fly

Course Number T1604F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Participants can

> incorporate what they have been taught in their everyday working practices

> go through all the necessary steps in initial contact with a customer and the vehicle in

a customer-oriented manner

> distinguish the malfunction brought to their attention by the customer from a possible

incorrect operation or normal system function

> establish a logical and comprehensible work procedure by performing a complaint

analysis

> identify and process complaints affecting multiple systems

> produce practical documentation that corresponds to the scope of work

> process the necessary test, adjustment and repair measures according to the defined

topics in conformity with the accident prevention and manufacturer specifications

Contents > New features and changes in the Actros model series 963

> Exchange of experiences about current truck topics

Information on current content will be sent to the Diagnostic Technician in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 67: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 67

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1623F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go

Course Number T1623F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the main basic electrical

- variables and describe their relations

- Describe automotive components and their function

> Accurately apply current Mercedes-Benz test and measuring equipment, service

literature and the Workshop Information System (WIS) for maintenance, diagnosis and

repairs

> Carry out test, adjustment and repair work using digital multimeters, Star Diagnosis,

including HMS990 Measurement Technology, oscilloscope and the Diagnosis Assistance

System (DAS), on electrical systems in cars

> Describe the design and function of the various sensors and actuators and name and

apply the corresponding measuring and testing options

> Reliably recognize and eliminate resistance issues and disconnections in electrical

lines and connections

> Perform targeted troubleshooting on electrical and electronic components

Contents > Conductivity of materials

> Voltage types

- AC and DC voltage

> Basic electrical variables and formulas

- Ohm's law

> Electricity hazards

> Circuit types and their properties

> Terminal designations

> Measuring and testing

- Oscilloscope

- Fault types

> Sensors and actuators

- Analog and digital sensors

- Actuators

> Control and regulation

> Pulse width modulation

> Diagnosis and networking

> Control units

> Conversion of analog signals to digital signals

> Basic functions and types of data transfer

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 68: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 68

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1444F • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go

Course Number T1444F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the main basic electrical

- variables and describe their relations

- Describe automotive components and their function

> Accurately apply current Mercedes-Benz test and measuring equipment, service

literature and the Workshop Information System (WIS) for maintenance, diagnosis and

repairs

> Carry out test, adjustment and repair work using digital multimeters, Star Diagnosis,

including HMS990 Measurement Technology, oscilloscopes and the Diagnosis Assistance

System (DAS) on electrical systems in commercial vehicles

> Describe the design and function of the various sensors and actuators and name and

apply the corresponding measuring and testing options

> Reliably recognize and eliminate resistance issues and disconnections in electrical

lines and connections

> Perform results-oriented troubleshooting on electrical and electronic components

Contents > Conductivity of materials

> Voltage types

- AC and DC voltage

> Basic electrical variables and formulas

- Ohm's law

> Electricity hazards

> Circuit types and their properties

> Terminal designations

> Measuring and testing

- Oscilloscope

- Fault types

> Sensors and actuators

- Analog and digital sensors

- Actuators

> Control and regulation

> Pulse width modulation

> Diagnosis and networking

> Control units

> Conversion of analog signals to digital signals

> Basic functions and types of data transfer

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 69: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 69

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1640F • Overall Vehicle • Overseas • Actros, Arocs (Model Series 963, 964) • Run

Course Number T1640F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Within the scope of simple maintenance, testing and repair operations, apply

knowledge about the latest

- product technology

- diagnostic technology and

-

repair technology

Contents > General product technology of Euro III, IV, V

> Networking of electrical systems

> On-board electrical system and electrical systems

> General maintenance and repair work

> Diagnosing and remedying minor malfunctions using the service literature and current

diagnostic systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans

• Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for

Workshop Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 70: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 70

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1443F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology Basics • Maintenance and Ser-

vice • Go

Course Number T1443F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the various Mercedes-Benz trucks and state the respective major assemblies

and systems

> Name and operate the systems required for carrying out maintenance and repair work

> Carry out the different maintenance work according to the maintenance procedures

Contents > Overview of Mercedes-Benz truck models

> Innovations

> Vehicle documentation and vehicle data card

> Design group overview and logic

> Symbols in the documentation

> Importance and use of the Specifications for Operating Fluids

> Work units and texts

> Need for maintenance

> Design and function of maintenance systems

> Electronic brake system (EBS)

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Note The practical section specifically addresses the design and the operation/function of the

individual maintenance systems and items.

The content of this course is required for Maintenance Technicians to safely and

effectively perform maintenance work on Mercedes-Benz trucks with the help of valid

service information.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 71: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 71

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1513Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician

Course Number T1513Q-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Truck Maintenance Technician. Participants receive a

certificate following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1513P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance

Technician • Competency Analysis

> T1443F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology Basics • Maintenance and

Service • Go

> T0179F-AA • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go

> P0019F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Service Operating Processes •

WIS/ASRA for Service and Parts • Go

> P0100F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, Vans, Trucks • Service Operating Processes •

Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC) • Go

> T1444F-AA • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 10,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 72: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 72

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1468E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician •

Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1468E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives Identification of gaps in knowledge and support in developing a training plan for the

Maintenance Technician qualification program.

Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following

fields:

> Knowledge of the WIS/ASRA systems

> Star Diagnosis

> Mercedes-Benz product technology, maintenance and service

> Electrical system/electronics fundamentals

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Page 73: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 73

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1474E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Final

Test • Go

Course Number T1474E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> System knowledge

- WIS/ASRA

- Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC)

> Star Diagnosis

> Mercedes-Benz product technology, maintenance and service

> Fundamentals of electricity/electronics

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program to become a Mercedes-Benz Maintenance

Technician.

Duration 0 hours

Page 74: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 74

Chapter Technical Training

Department FUSO Canter

Title P0153F • FUSO • Service Operating Processes • ASCENT (After-Sales Central) • Run

Course Number P0153F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can

> Operate applications in the ASCENT system in targeted manner

> Name remedial actions for current and frequently-occurring technical problems

Contents > ASCENT

- Operation of applications in ASCENT system (service literature, locating part

numbers, animated literature)

> Exchange of experiences regarding current technical problems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note This training course is for the introduction of the new ASCENT system platform. The

target group for this event is mainly those people using the latest "Fuso ServicePortal"

and "WebCaps" systems.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 75: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 75

Chapter Technical Training

Department Komfort und Telekommunikation$6$Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications

Title T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go

Course Number T1602F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician

Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy

> Develop a diagnostic strategy based on the level model

> Apply the current diagnostic equipment and diagnostic aids and evaluate their results

and develop them further

> Describe the various fault types and their effects

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the

related basic functions in the new truck model series

> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform

diagnostic work on these components

> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system

Contents > Diagnosis according to the level model

> Faults and fault types

> Application of the diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)

> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes

> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic

systems

> On-board electrical system architecture and bus systems in the new truck model

series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (model series 96, 963, 964, 967)

> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases

Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis and the HMS990 or has completed

the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit

• Go".

The two CBTs "Successful troubleshooting with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754)

and "Diagnostic Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as

preparation.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 76: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 76

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T1627Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Maintenance Technician

Course Number T1627Q-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Maintenance Technician. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1627P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Maintenance

Technician • Competency Analysis

> P0019F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Service Operating Processes •

WIS/ASRA for Service and Parts • Go

> T0001F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification

for Motor Vehicles • Go

> T0103E-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in

Motor Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go

> T0177F-AA • Passenger Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit stage I •

Go

> T0216F-AA • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • Go

> T1623F-AA • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 8,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 77: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 77

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T1656F • Maintenance and Service • Go

Course Number T1656F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant is familiar with:

> The procedure for safely performing maintenance services on Mercedes-Benz cars

> All documentation required for a maintenance service (maintenance service sheets,

maintenance service manuals, WIS, TIPS, ASRA, etc.)

> The importance of maintenance services being performed perfectly from the

customer's perspective

> The importance and functions of various ASSYST systems

Contents > Objectives in service

> Maintenance service quality

> Maintenance service process and instructions on how to perform this

> Use of maintenance service literature

> Special features of new vehicle models

> Service measures and their processing

> Importance of external appearance (What does the customer see?)

> Maintenance services and their importance for customer satisfaction

> Importance of workshop tests

> Workshop quality manual

Optional prerequisite Participants can test their knowledge using the CBT program entitled "Fundamentals of

Maintenance Systems" (training code T1422E).

The training concludes with a final test.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 80%, Practice20%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 78: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 78

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T1487E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Initial Test

• Go

Course Number T1487E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives Identification of knowledge deficits and support in developing a training plan for the

Maintenance Technician qualification program.

Contents The initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following

fields:

> System knowledge of

- WIS/ASRA

- Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC)

> Star Diagnosis

> Mercedes-Benz product technology for vans, maintenance and service

> Maintenance service fundamentals

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Page 79: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 79

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T1486F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and Service • Go

Course Number T1486F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the various Mercedes-Benz van model series and state the respective major

assemblies and systems

> Name and operate the systems required for carrying out maintenance and repair work

> Carry out the different maintenance work according to the maintenance procedures

Contents > Survey of Mercedes-Benz van models

> Innovations

> Vehicle documentation and vehicle data card

> Design group overview and logic

> Symbols in the documentation

> Importance and use of the Specifications for Operating Fluids

> Work units and texts

> Need for maintenance

> Design and function of the ASSYST maintenance systems for vans

> Driving assistance systems

> Operation of telematics components

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The practical section specifically addresses the design and the operation/function of the

individual maintenance systems and items.

The content of this course is required for Maintenance Technicians to safely and

effectively perform maintenance work on Mercedes-Benz vans with the help of valid

service information.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 80: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 80

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title V0156E • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and

customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go

Course Number V0156E-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives Identification of gaps in knowledge to create an individual training plan.

Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following

fields:

> Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:

> Mercedes-Benz breakdown service, relevant new developments/modifications in

current breakdown statistics

> Special considerations of on-site work

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This test is the initial prerequisite for the V0088P package consisting of the following

modules: V0084F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization and

Processing • Module 1 • Go, V0085F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h •

Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases • Module 2 • Go and T0459F Cars,

smart • Overall Vehicle • Breakdown Service, On-Site Repairs, Tips & Support • Run

Duration 0 hours

Page 81: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 81

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title V0157E • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case pro-

cessing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go

Course Number V0157E-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives Identification of gaps in knowledge to create an individual training plan.

Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following

fields:

Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:

Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This test is the initial prerequisite for the V0088P package consisting of the following

modules: V0084F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization and

Processing • Module 1 • Go, V0085F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h •

Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases • Module 2 • Go and T0158F Vans •

Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Run

Duration 0 hours

Page 82: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 82

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title V0158P • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case pro-

cessing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Go

Course Number V0158P-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives The participant:

> Can act independently and make business decisions

> Recognizes the advantages of the implemented hardware and software solutions and

their interfaces

> Knows what is important for breakdown cases regarding customer contact and

communication and can use this

> Acquires proficiency in processes that pertain to his/her job as a Service24h

technician

> Can find customer-oriented problem solutions with the customer

> Can use Mercedes-Benz mobility and service products

> Can describe the protection at the breakdown location to ensure the highest safety

possible for the customer and himself/herself

> Understands the importance of solid technical expertise in performing repairs

> Recognizes the high value of the topic of Mercedes-Benz Service24h and the

importance of his/her job

> Can implement technical innovations plus tips and tricks for solutions at the

breakdown location

> Is familiar with the current key damage topics for the vehicle model series that are

relevant to Service24h

> Is able to adjust to specific conditions at the breakdown location

> Can implement specific repair solutions

> Can take responsibility for ensuring the service quality in Service24h through

professional work and commitment

> Can work within the diagnosis guidelines to communicate with the customer as

required by the situation and to find customer-oriented solutions to problems

Contents Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:

> The breakdown case: A challenge for both customers and Mercedes-Benz Service24h

technicians – customer-oriented assistance

> Mercedes-Benz Service24h breakdown case processing; "the" specialist in breakdown

assistance is the customer's focus in breakdown cases

> The significance of motivation and commitment for service quality at Mercedes-Benz

Service24h

> Repair order processing

> Warranty and goodwill processing

> Parts supply/procurement

> Mobility packages

> Mercedes-Benz service products

> Protection at the breakdown location

> New features/modifications to the current model series that are relevant for

Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Page 83: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 83

> Vehicle diagnosis: electrical system, suspension, engine, transmission

> Locating and correcting faults

> Special considerations of on-site work

Mandatory prerequisite V0157E • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case

processing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This package consists of the following modules: V0084F Cars • Mercedes-Benz

Service24h • Organization and Processing • Module 1 • Go and V0085F Cars •

Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases •

Module 2 • Go and T0158F Vans • Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service24h

• Run

Duration 7,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 84: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 84

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 •

AKUBIS® direct sales • Go

Course Number S0472E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Service Manager , Manager ,

Service24h Technician , Service Receptionist , Service Advisor

Objectives The participants:

> Understand the general approach of product and service innovations 2016/2017

> Understand the aim of the general approach of product and service innovations

2016/2017

> Know the most important product and service innovations 2016/2017

Contents Product and service innovations 2016/2017:

> Overall comprehension

> Objective

> Important individual measures

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Page 85: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 85

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T1620F • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

Course Number T1620F-AA

Target group System Technician, FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy

> Develop an all-categories diagnostic strategy based on the levels model

> Apply the current category-specific diagnostic equipment and diagnostic aids and

evaluate their results and develop them further

> Describe the various fault types and their effects

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

Contents > Diagnoses according to the levels model

> Faults and fault types

> Application of the category-specific diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)

> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes

> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis as well as HMS990 or has

completed training course "HMS990 T0178F • Cars • Star Diagnosis Level II • Run" or

"T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Star Diagnosis Level II • Run".

The two CBTs "Troubleshooting, Success with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754) and

"Diagnostic Strategy, Future Levels Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as preparation.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 86: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 86

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go

Course Number T1611F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician

Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Participants can

> perform specific diagnoses and repair and adjustment work.

> use the XENTRY Kit system with the workshop oscilloscope in diagnoses.

> describe the design and functions of energy management.

> describe the design and functions of lighting systems.

> describe all variants of data transfer used in the van.

> describe the purpose of a diagnosis strategy.

> implement their daily work in a more structured and targeted manner.

Contents > Creation of a diagnostic strategy in accordance with the level model

> Completion of diagnostic work on vehicles with and without a fault code

> Overview of energy management and control unit networking

> Lighting systems, intelligent light system (ILS)

> Use of possible tests with XENTRY Kit and workshop oscilloscope

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 87: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 87

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1624F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualifica-

tion for Newcomers • Go

Course Number T1624F-AA

Target group System Technician, User IT Systems , Diagnosis Technician , Service24h Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> State the safety rules that must be followed before working on the B-Class Electric

Drive model series 242 EV and the GLE Plug-in Hybrid

> Describe the display concepts for the B-Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and

the GLE Plug-IN HYBRID

> Name the high-voltage components, their installation locations and functions in the B-

Class Electric Drive Model Series 242 EV and in the

- GLE Plug-IN HYBRID

- remove voltage

- verify no voltage is present

- perform startup

> Name the special considerations in the workshop process, service and diagnosis of the

B-Class Electric Drive Model Series 242 EV and for the GLE Plug-IN HYBRID

Contents > Design and function of the drivetrain components

> Control and display concept

> Maintenance and repair work

> Disabling and initially starting the high voltage system

> Drivetrain cooling and pre-entry climate control

> Charging the high-voltage battery

Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for

Motor Vehicles • Go

T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor

Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go

T0969E • Passenger Cars • Market Launch • B-Class electric drive Model Series 242 •

e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The training course is an equivalent for the following market launch training courses:

T0336F Cars • Drive for S-Class (W221) HYBRID • Go

T0752F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class HYBRID (W/V222) • Go

T0974F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class Plug-In Hybrid Model Series 222 • Go

T1077F Cars • Overall Vehicle • E-Class HYBRID Model Series 212 with OM651 (ECE) •

Go

T0495F Cars • Market Launch of E-Class HYBRID (W212) with M276 (USA) • Go

T0970F Cars • Market Launch • B-Class Electric Drive Model Series 242 • Go

Page 88: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 88

T0959F Cars • Market Launch • C-Class HYBRID Model Series 205 with Mercedes

connect me • Go

T0840F/T0480F smart • smart fortwo Electric Drive Model Series 451 • Go

T1288F Cars • Market Launch • C-Class PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 205 • Go

T1289F Cars • Market Launch • GLC PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 253 • Go

T1290F Cars • Market Launch • GLE PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 166 • Go

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 89: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 89

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1632F • smart • Innovations and customer contact • Telematics, e-Mobility and BRA-

BUS • Current topics on model series 453 for service advisors • Go

Course Number T1632F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Customer Contact Personnel

After-Sales , Service Receptionist

Objectives The participant can

> Describe the changed wallbox charging station process and knows the special

considerations

> Explain special considerations in terms of the charging behavior and the range during

customer contact

> In the event of a complaint, distinguish the system function from a malfunction

> Describe the innovations of the new smart BRABUS and describe their function

> Professionally describe and argue in customer meetings

> Name the special considerations of the major assemblies fitted in the vehicle

Contents > Current information on maintenance, repair

> Current information on the subject of charging, charging infrastructure and charging

complaints

> Overview of smart BRABUS model series 453

> Telematics operation

> Overview of the modification years

Mandatory prerequisite T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor

Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 90: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 90

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1430F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Marco Polo and Marco Polo Activity Model Series

447 • Go

Course Number T1430F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe essential functions, controls and repairs for the Westfalia components

> Describe special considerations for the installation/removal of the kitchen unit

> Describe the adjustment of the mechanical and electrical pop-up roof

> Describe the operation and adjustment of the seat rails on the bench including the

berth

> Describe the function and special features of the electrical Westfalia equipment

scopes

> Describe product-specific considerations for spare parts procurement and warranty

code

Contents > Function, operation and repair of the Westfalia components

> Installation and removal of the kitchen unit

> Adjustment of the mechanical and electrical pop-up roof

> Operation and adjustment of the seat rails on the bench including the berth

> Function and special features of the electrical Westfalia equipment scopes

> Product-specific considerations for spare parts procurement and warranty code

Mandatory prerequisite T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-

Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 91: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 91

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1609F • Vans • Market Launch • VS 40 for service advisors • Go

Course Number T1609F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales

Objectives The participant can

> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work

> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions

> Perform initial diagnostic steps required to repair the systems

Contents Procedure for repair work:

> Functions of new systems: drivetrain, comfort, safety and telecommunications

> Operation of these systems

> Maintenance and repair

> Diagnosis

> Special considerations for service

Mandatory prerequisite T1613E • Vans • Market Launch • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 92: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 92

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1612F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 639 Vito/Viano,

Model Series 906 Sprinter, Model Series 447 V-Class/Vito • Run

Course Number T1612F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the installation location and the electrical connection of the PSM on the

vehicle

> Parameterize the special module as specified by the customer order, under

consideration of safety-relevant aspects

Contents > Design and function of the parameterizable special module (PSM)

> Standard codings, e.g. engine run-on

> Planning and implementation of freely selectable parameterizations

> Combined parameterization from logic functions such as the timer, counter, threshold

switch, and hysteresis blocks

> Notes on product liability and safety

Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 93: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 93

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1614E • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • e-Training • Go

Course Number T1614E-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales

Objectives The participant:

> Knows the Mercedes me connect basic and Remote Online services

> Knows the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter

> Can describe the initial startup of the Mercedes me adapter

> Is familiar with the processes and information flows in Sales and After-Sales

> Knows the advantages for customers and retail

Contents > Mercedes me connect B2B:

- Basic and Remote Online services

- Vehicle linking

- Service queries in retail

> Mercedes me adapter functions, services and initial startup

> Processes and information flows

> Advantages for customers and retail

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 94: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 94

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1615F • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • Go

Course Number T1615F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales

Objectives The participant:

> Knows the competitive field and developments in the area of connectivity:

> Knows regulations and measures as well as opportunities and reservations on the

topic of mobile data/data protection

> Can state the basic system setup

> Knows the product scopes of the basic and Remote Online services

> Can name the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter

> Knows the processes for linking a van for Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me

adapter

> Knows the service processes with regard to Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me

adapter

Contents > Connectivity today

> Boundary conditions and system overview

> Mercedes me connect product scopes and services

> Mercedes me adapter functions and services

> Processes

Mandatory prerequisite T1614E • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 95: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 95

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1631F • AMG • Overall Vehicle • Mercedes AMG C-Class (Model Series 205) • Diag-

nosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1631F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participants can:

> Describe the innovative features of the Mercedes-AMG C-Class (model series 205) and

their function

> Operate the systems and explain their operation

> In the event of a problem, distinguish between a system function and a malfunction

> Describe the overall function of relevant vehicle systems

> Carry out initial relevant repair and diagnostic operations in accordance with the

manufacturer's instructions

Contents > Overall vehicles of the Mercedes-AMG C-Class (model series 205)

> Vehicle system operation

> Current information on maintenance, repair and diagnosis

> Overview of repair and diagnosis scopes

> Function of individual systems and overall function across systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 96: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 96

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1637Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain System Technician

Course Number T1637Q-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants qualify as Drivetrain System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1637P-AA • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain System Technician •

Competency Analysis

> T0081E-AA • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go

> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical

and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go

> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run

> T0841E-AA • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 •

e-Training • Go

> T0873E-AA • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-

Training • Go

> T0874E-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run

> T1003F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274,

M276 and M278 • Diagnosis • Fly

> T1004F-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651

and OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly

> T1005F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair •

Run

> T1006F-AA • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive •

Diagnosis and Repair • Run

> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 18,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 97: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 97

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1636E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drive Train System Technician • Initial Test •

Go

Course Number T1636E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test in the areas of:

> Engine

> Transmission

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Drive Train System

Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 98: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 98

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1510F • Diesel Engines • OM654 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1510F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

> Carry out diagnosis operations

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents The course covers practical and group work on design and function:

> Mechanical engine components

> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems

> Networking of the control units and on-board diagnosis

> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment

> Testing of injection systems and peripheral systems

> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment

> Diagnosis work with effects and remedies

> Key engine features compared to other diesel engines

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 99: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 99

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1653F • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Exchange of experience • Fly

Course Number T1653F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:

> Develop a structured procedure based on the customer complaints presented

> Develop solution suggestions in a team and thus expand personal diagnostic

competence in a targeted manner

> Name the new features and modifications to the gasoline and diesel engines

Contents The contents are practical and group work:

> Deepening the knowledge gained in previous engine training courses

> Analyzing current complaints with respect to gasoline and diesel engines

> Problem and case consultation as well as developing solution strategies

> New features and modifications in gasoline and diesel engines

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or is a Certified Diagnostic

Technician.

The following must be brought to the training course:

At least two real cases of engine complaints (solved or unsolved) from daily workshop

work.

The case documentation should include at least:

- Repair order with vehicle data and customer complaint

- Vehicle history (vehicle file, VEGA, etc.)

- Initial quick test log and fault freeze frame data

- Initial evaluation of the workshop (customer interview)

- Test steps performed, with test results

- Image and sound documents as files (optional)

Please bring a keychain of your choice with you to the training course.

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 100: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 100

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1658F • Manual Transmissions • FSG310 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1658F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants can

> describe the functions of the manual transmission

> carry out testing, adjustment and repair work with a system diagnosis

> determine the degree of wear for components and their usability

> perform diagnostic work on the transmission

Contents > Design and function of manual transmission

> Disassemble manual transmission, establish findings, assemble the transmission and

adjust

Mandatory prerequisite T0039E • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • e-Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT programs "Automated Manual

Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order no. 1290 4732, 1290 4733).

The training concludes with a final test.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 101: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 101

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1657F • Gasoline Engines • M177 and M178 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly

Course Number T1657F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can

> perform a diagnosis on the engines

> use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools

1> initiate the necessary remedial measures

> perform a professional repair

Contents > Completion of tests and diagnostic work on AMG engines M177 and M178 with the

ME-SFI gasoline injection and ignition systems

> Analysis and rectification of effects of faults on gasoline injection and ignition systems

and the peripheral systems

> Targeted application of service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop

test equipment (special tools)

> Current focal topics

> New features/changes compared to predecessor engines

Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 102: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 102

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1596F • All-Wheel Systems • Hydraulic auxiliary drive (HAD) • Run

Course Number T1596F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the advantages compared to conventional all-wheel systems and competitor

systems

> Explain the hydraulic design of the system

> Explain the task and function of the system components

> Explain the function sequences in the system as a whole

> Explain the integration into the electrical networking of the vehicle

> Perform specific diagnosis actuations

> Assess actual values

Contents > Hydraulic Auxiliary Drive in Mercedes-Benz truck

- Advantages

- Design of system and the associated components

- Function

- Diagnosis

Mandatory prerequisite T1555E • Trucks • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 80%, Practice20%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 103: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 103

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go

Course Number T1611F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician

Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Participants can

> perform specific diagnoses and repair and adjustment work.

> use the XENTRY Kit system with the workshop oscilloscope in diagnoses.

> describe the design and functions of energy management.

> describe the design and functions of lighting systems.

> describe all variants of data transfer used in the van.

> describe the purpose of a diagnosis strategy.

> implement their daily work in a more structured and targeted manner.

Contents > Creation of a diagnostic strategy in accordance with the level model

> Completion of diagnostic work on vehicles with and without a fault code

> Overview of energy management and control unit networking

> Lighting systems, intelligent light system (ILS)

> Use of possible tests with XENTRY Kit and workshop oscilloscope

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 104: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 104

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1502F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Tips and tricks, latest innovations, ex-

change of experiences for Service Advisors • Go

Course Number T1502F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Workshop Foreman

Objectives The participant can

> Name the operation, the functions and the system limits of the new driver assistance

systems

> Name the various information media

> Describe roadside assistance measures

> Describe the AdBlue warning strategy

> Describe retrofit options

> Recognize operating errors

> Name key features of the Marco Polo

> Name information media available in the work environment

> Carry out a service reception interview according to the manufacturer's specifications

Contents > Tips and tricks for operating the new V-Class and the Vito

> Function and operation of the new driver assistance systems

> Current problems and their remedy

> Overview of new equipment and aftermarket installations

> Exchange of experiences

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The current cases from the workshop are dealt with during an exchange of experiences.

Please bring your own topics along to the training course.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 105: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 105

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1494F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Expert Training • Run

Course Number T1494F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> State and communicate current new features and modifications for the drivetrain and

suspension

> Perform diagnosis, testing and adjustment operations

> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids and evaluate their

results and develop them further

> Describe the various fault types and their effects

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents > Current new features and modifications for the drivetrain and suspension

> New features and modifications for handling and using current diagnosis equipment

> Current faults and remedial measures

> Exchange of experience and comparison of knowledge participants have gained in

their work with Star Diagnosis, including all individual components

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 106: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 106

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1488E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Drivetrain and Suspension System

Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1488E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Identification of knowledge deficits and support in developing a training plan for the

Drivetrain and Suspension Systems Technician qualification program.

Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following

fields:

> Diesel engines

> Gasoline engines

> Automatic transmissions, manual transmissions, differential and all-wheel drive

> Chassis and driving assistance systems

> On-board electrical system management and networking of drivetrain and suspension

parts systems

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Page 107: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 107

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1490F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go

Course Number T1490F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

> Carry out diagnosis operations

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents Practical and group work focusing on gasoline engines, the design and function of:

> Mechanical engine components

> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems

> Control unit networking

> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment

> Fuel, injection and ignition system, e.g. air ducting, fuel high- and low-pressure system

> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment

> Diagnosis work with effects and remedies

> Diagnoses according to the levels model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 108: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 108

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1489F • Vans • Diesel Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go

Course Number T1489F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

> Carry out diagnosis operations

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents The contents encompass practical and group work on design and function

> Mechanical engine components

> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems

> Networking of the control units and on-board diagnosis

> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment

> Testing of injection systems and peripheral systems

> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment

> Diagnosis work with effects and remedies

> Key features of the individual engines

> Diagnoses according to the levels model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 109: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 109

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1491F • Vans • Transmission • Manual and Automatic Transmission, Differential and

All-Wheel Drive • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go

Course Number T1491F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the function of the transmissions

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work

> Determine the wear of components and define their usability

> Flash the control unit and perform SCN coding

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents Practical exercises and group work on van transmissions:

> Describe the design and function of transmissions

> System diagnosis and repair

> Test, adjustment and repair work

> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment

> Flashing the control unit

> SCN coding

> Diagnoses according to the levels model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 110: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 110

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1492F • Vans • Suspension and Driving Assistance Systems • Function, Operation and

Diagnosis • Go

Course Number T1492F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability, System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Explain the design and function of the suspension systems

> Describe the design and function of the driving assistance systems

> Operate the assistance systems

> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

Contents The contents are processed on the model series 415, 447 and 906

> Design and function of the suspension and driving assistance systems

> Carrying out possible testing and diagnostic work

> Diagnosis according to the level model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 111: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 111

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1493F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Drivetrain

and Suspension, Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go

Course Number T1493F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the

current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions

> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van

> Perform testing and diagnosis of the battery and alternator management system

> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids and evaluate their

results and develop them further

> Describe special considerations for the on-board electrical system for the engine and

suspension

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents The contents cover practical and group work on:

> Overview of overall networking

> On-board electrical system architecture and control unit networking for the engine and

suspension

> Networking of engine systems for the current diesel and gasoline engines

> Automatic transmission, component networking

> Assistance systems, component networking

> Efficient use of networked Star Diagnosis and the DAS, HMS 990 and SD Media

programs

> Basic approach to troubleshooting and diagnosis

> Getting started with diagnosis according to the levels model

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 112: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 112

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain and Chassis

Title T1603F • Diagnosis strategy • On-Board Electrical System & Networking • Drive &

Suspension • Go

Course Number T1603F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy

> Develop a diagnostic strategy based on the level model

> Apply the current diagnoses and diagnostic aids and evaluate their results and develop

them further

> Describe the various fault types and their effects

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the

related basic functions in the new truck series

> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform

diagnostic work on these components

> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system

Contents > Diagnosis according to the level model

> Faults and fault types

> Application of the diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)

> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes

> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic

drive and suspension systems

> On-board electrical system and bus systems in the new truck model series Actros,

Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (BR 96, 963, 964, 967)

> Working through current topics and diagnostic cases on comfort and

telecommunications systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis and the HMS990 or has completed

the training course "T0178F • Cars • Star Diagnosis Stage II • Run".

The two CBTs "Troubleshooting, Success with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754) and

"Diagnostic Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as preparation.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 113: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 113

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title T1520F • Telematics • Truck Connected • Run

Course Number T1520F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives Participant is familiar with:

> The process sequences for Truck Connected

> The application XENTRY Portal with a focus on trucks

> The information chain between vehicle - CAC - workshop - customer

> The basic functions of the system landscape

> The customer benefit arguments for Truck Connected

The participant can

> Successfully create a customer order in combination with Truck Connected

Contents > Comprehensive knowledge about Truck Connected (CSP Processes & Systems)

> Role of the Service Advisor/KAM@Retail in the process

> Processing of Truck Connected in retail

> Cooperation with CAC, with regard to Truck Connected in particular

> Looking after Truck Connected customers

Optional prerequisite The participant should be familiar with the XENTRY Portal Pro and FleetBoard system.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 114: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 114

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title T1639F • Telematics • Active customer management with MB Uptime • Run

Course Number T1639F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives Participants are familiar with

> the current processes for Uptime

> current use cases for Uptime

> the advantages of using XENTRY Portal pro

> the sales arguments and customer benefits and how to convey them

Contents > Extensive knowledge on Uptime (CSP processes & systems)

> New features/changes in the system

> New features/changes in the processes

> New features/changes for processing in retail

> Exchange of experiences

Optional prerequisite The participant should be familiar with the XENTRY Portal Pro and FleetBoard system.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 115: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 115

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 •

AKUBIS® direct sales • Go

Course Number S0472E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Service Manager , Manager ,

Service24h Technician , Service Receptionist , Service Advisor

Objectives The participants:

> Understand the general approach of product and service innovations 2016/2017

> Understand the aim of the general approach of product and service innovations

2016/2017

> Know the most important product and service innovations 2016/2017

Contents Product and service innovations 2016/2017:

> Overall comprehension

> Objective

> Important individual measures

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Page 116: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 116

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1516F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • E-Class Model Series 213 • Innovations •

Run

Course Number T1516F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Explain the structure, function and features of the NTG 5.5 in the E-Class

> Explain the control and display concept

> Operate telematics systems of the NTG 5.5

> Systematically assess telematics complaints

> Perform an initial diagnosis and structured troubleshooting

> Name and, when necessary, apply telecommunication accessories

Contents > NTG 5.5:

- Functions and features

- Networking and connections

- Control and display concept

> Telematics system operation and settings

> Initial assessments of possible complaints

> Telecommunications accessories

> "Current telematics topics"

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 117: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 117

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1347F • smart • On-Board Electrical System, Telematics and Innovations • Run

Course Number T1347F-AA

Target group System Technician, User IT Systems

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the on-board electrical system, as well as the locking and telematics systems on

the new smart and name their functions

> Operate the systems in the new smart and explain their operation

> Distinguish between a system function and a malfunction in complaint cases

> Perform relevant repair and diagnosis operations in accordance with the

manufacturer's specifications

Contents > On-board electrical systems

> Networking

> Telematics systems

> System diagnosiss

> Drive authorization system

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 118: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 118

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1469F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • Fly

Course Number T1469F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Handle the following tasks for the model-refined, telematics-supported fleet

management system FleetBoard:

- Properly retrofit the system

- Diagnose the system

- Start up the system

Contents > The product "FleetBoard"

- System description, scope of services and workshop benefits offered by the system

> Technical system in trucks with telematics platform 5 (TP5)

- Components, installation locations, networking and wiring diagrams

- Integration of communications functions in the CGW, base module and the PSM

> Services, servers, data flow

- Interaction with the driver cockpit, server, freight forwarder and the service

operations

> Retrofitting FleetBoard on vehicles with and without preinstallation

> FleetBoard diagnosis/troubleshooting

> Reading out and interpreting data using FleetBoard

> Information on contact persons and a preview of future developments

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed an advanced ("Run") training course in telematics or has

equivalent knowledge.

Mandatory prerequisite T0105E • Trucks, Vans • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 119: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 119

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1470F • Trucks • Telematics • Run

Course Number T1470F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the scope of telematics systems in trucks

> Understand the physical fundamentals used in the telematics systems

> Diagnose and understand basic malfunctions in telematics systems

> Perform measurement and diagnosis work on the current factory-fitted systems

Contents Practical work on the new truck series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI

> Basic knowledge of high-frequency technology and antenna systems

> GPS and GSM networks and UMTS

> Design and function of vehicle networks

> Function of GPS, audio and video components

> Inductive charging, inductive antenna

> Simple measurement and diagnosis work on the vehicle using the Workshop

Information System and diagnosis system

Optional prerequisite We recommend participation in the training course "T1028F • Trucks • System

Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego Euro VI Standard (Model

Series 96x, 963, 964, 967) • Run".

Mandatory prerequisite T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 0%, Practice100%

Note The duration of the training course may vary from country to country.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 120: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 120

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1498Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Tech-

nician

Course Number T1498Q-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Participants qualify as Telecommunications System Technicians. Participants receive a

certificate following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1498P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System

Technician • Competency Analysis

> T1389E-AA • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go

> T1470F-AA • Trucks • Telematics • Run

> T0105E-AA • Trucks, Vans • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go

> T1469F-AA • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • Fly

> T1472E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System

Technician • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 121: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 121

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1471E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Tech-

nician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1471E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area.

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Telecommunications systems

- Radio

- Telephone

- Navigation

- FleetBoard

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications

System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 122: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 122

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1472E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Tech-

nician • Final Test • Go

Course Number T1472E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> Telecommunications systems

- Radio

- Telephone

- Navigation

- FleetBoard

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications

System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 123: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 123

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1597E • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go

Course Number T1597E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant has an overview of the telematics-supported fleet management system

FleetBoard.

Contents > System description and services

> Benefits of the system for workshops and customers

> Components, installation locations and networking

> Services, servers and data flow

> Information about contact persons

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 124: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 124

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1601E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Comfort & Telecommunications System

Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1601E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Comfort systems

- Climate control

- Drive Authorization and Locking Systems

- Passive safety systems

> Telecommunications Systems

- Radio

- Telephone

- Navigation

- FleetBoard

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications

System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 125: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 125

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title V0088P • Passenger Cars, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization,

breakdown case processing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location •

Go

Course Number V0088P-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives Participants:

> Can act under their own responsibility and make entrepreneurial decisions

> Recognize the benefits of the hardware and software solutions used and their

interfaces

> Know what is important in relation to contact with customers and communication in

the event of a breakdown and can apply this knowledge

> Acquire self-assurance in the processes concerning their work as Service24h

technicians

> Can find customer-oriented solutions to problems together with the customer

> Can use Mercedes-Benz mobility and service products

> Can describe the safety measures at the breakdown location to ensure maximum

safety for the customer and themselves

> Recognize the importance of being technically qualified to carry out repairs

> Identify the high value of Mercedes-Benz Service24h and the importance of their work

> Perform the breakdown service independently at the location

> Can adapt to the specific situation at the breakdown location

> Ensure the requisite quality of service in the breakdown service through professional

work and dedication

> Communicate with the customer as the situation requires and find customer-oriented

solutions to problems

Contents Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in a breakdown case:

> The breakdown: a challenge for the customer and the Mercedes-Benz Service24h

technician – customer-oriented assistance

> Mercedes-Benz Service24h breakdown case processing, “the” breakdown specialist is

the focus of the customer in the event of a breakdown

> Importance of motivation and commitment for the service quality of Service24h

> Repair order processing

> Warranty and goodwill processing

> Parts supply/procurement

> Mobility packages

> Mercedes-Benz service products

> Securing the breakdown location

> Mercedes-Benz breakdown service, relevant new features/changes for current

breakdown statistics

> Special considerations when working at the breakdown location

Mandatory prerequisite V0156E • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and

customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Page 126: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016

126

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This package consists of the following modules: V0084F Cars • Mercedes-Benz

Service24h • Organization and Processing • Module 1 • Go and V0085F Cars •

Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases •

Module 2 • Go and T0459F Cars, smart • Overall Vehicle • Breakdown Service, On-Site

Repairs, Tips & Support • Run

Duration 7,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 127: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 127

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title V0100E • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Roadside Assistance • Mercedes-Benz Ser-

vice24h • e-Training • Go

Course Number V0100E-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Warranty Specialist , Service Receptionist , Service Advisor ,

Other , Salesperson , Workshop Foreman

Objectives The participant

> Is familiar with the support services provided by Mercedes-Benz in breakdown cases

> Is familiar with the different process steps and participants in breakdown cases

> Can state the meaning of mobility services for customer loyalty

Contents > Presentation of the service quality provided by Mercedes-Benz

> Presentation of the process chain

> Needs of customers in a breakdown situation

> Process sequence with the involvement of CAC/CCC

> Necessary process steps associated with professional Service24h

> Integration of case-based breakdown/mobility services

> Advantages for the dealer

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Page 128: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 128

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title T0158F • Vans • Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service 24h • Run

Course Number T0158F-AA

Target group Service24h Technician

Objectives The participant:

> Can implement technical innovations plus tips and tricks for solutions at the

breakdown location

> Is familiar with the current key damage topics for the vehicle model series that are

relevant to Service24h

> Is able to adjust to specific conditions at the breakdown location

> Can implement specific repair solutions

> Can take responsibility for ensuring the service quality in Service24h through

professional work and commitment

> Can work within the diagnosis guidelines to communicate with the customer as

required by the situation and to find customer-oriented solutions to problems

> Can implement the provisional tire sealing in Service 24h

> Can use the on-board electrical system diagnosis for model series 447 in Service 24h

Contents > New features/modifications to the current model series that are relevant for

Mercedes-Benz Service24h

> Vehicle diagnosis: electrical system, suspension, engine, transmission

> Locating and correcting faults

> Special considerations of on-site work

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 129: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 129

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title V0089P • Vans, Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, Breakdown Case

Processing and Customer-oriented Behavior at the Breakdown Location • Go

Course Number V0089P-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives The participant:

> Can act independently and make business decisions

> Recognizes the advantages of the implemented hardware and software solutions and

their interfaces

> Knows what is important for breakdown cases regarding customer contact and

communication and can use this

> Acquires proficiency in processes that pertain to his job as a Service24h technician

> Can find customer-oriented problem solutions with the customer

> Can use Mercedes-Benz mobility and service products

> Can describe the protection at the breakdown location to ensure the highest safety

possible for the customer and himself

> Understands the importance of solid technical expertise in performing repairs

> Recognizes the high value of the topic of Mercedes-Benz Service24h and the

importance of his job

Contents Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:

> The breakdown case: A challenge for both customers and Mercedes-Benz Service24h

technicians – customer-oriented assistance

> Mercedes-Benz Service24h breakdown case processing; "the" specialist in breakdown

assistance is the customer's focus in breakdown cases

> The significance of motivation and commitment for service quality at Mercedes-Benz

Service24h

> Repair order processing

> Warranty and goodwill processing

> Parts supply/procurement

> Mobility services

> Mercedes-Benz service products

> Protection at the breakdown location

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This package consists of the following modules: V0086F Vans, Trucks • Mercedes-Benz

Service24h • Organization and Processing • Module 1 • Go and V0087F Vans, Trucks •

Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases •

Module 2 • Go

Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 130: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 130

Chapter Technical Training

Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Title T1087F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Damage Diagnosis and Repair • Sup-

plementary Information for Major Assemblies and Special Vehicles • Run

Course Number T1087F-AA

Target group Service24h Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Locate technical defects on the vehicle

> Make decisions as to whether the repair can be done on site or in the service

operation

> Perform on-site repairs when technically feasible

> Take responsibility for ensuring the service quality in Service24h through professional

work and commitment

> Work within the Diagnosis Guidelines to communicate with the customer as required

by the situation and to find customer-oriented solutions to problems

Contents > Vehicle diagnosis: electrical system, suspension, engine, transmission

> Locating and correcting faults

> Service-related information for vehicles and systems:

- Heavy-duty truck (SLT)

- PTOs

- Bodies, e.g. crane bodies

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 131: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 131

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0459F • Passenger Cars, smart • Overall Vehicle • Roadside Assistance, on-site re-

pairs, tips & support • Run

Course Number T0459F-AA

Target group Other

Objectives The participant can:

> Independently carry out the Roadside Assistance on-site

> Adjust to specific conditions at the breakdown location

> Ensure the service quality in Roadside Assistance through professional work and

commitment

> Communicate with the customer taking into account the specific situation and find

customer-oriented solutions to problems

Contents > Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance, relevant new developments/modifications in

current breakdown statistics

> Special considerations of on-site work

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 132: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 132

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1158F • Passenger Cars • Overall Vehicle • Basic Knowledge for New Service Advisors

without Technical Qualification • Go

Course Number T1158F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant:

> Is familiar with the basic structure of vehicles

> Is familiar with the basic structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine,

transmission, suspension, electrical components and support systems

> Can respond to simple technical questions from the customer during the service

reception dialog for maintenance services

> Can perform a quick test with XENTRY

Contents > Overview of vehicle types, vehicle design and components

> Overview of body forms and features

> Design of the vehicle interior

> Structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine, transmission, suspension,

electrical components and support systems

> Quick test with XENTRY

Mandatory prerequisite T0625E • Passenger Cars, Vans

T0652E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 133: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 133

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T0219F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level I • Go

Course Number T0219F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Cite Ohm's law and apply it during troubleshooting

> Name the most important electrical components in Mercedes-Benz passenger cars

and describe their functions

> Carry out various measurements using the multimeter (current, voltage, resistance)

> Independently conduct simple troubleshooting with the aid of the workshop literature

and a multimeter

Contents > Conductivity of materials

> Voltage types

> Basic electrical variables

> Ohm's law

> Electricity hazards

> Circuit types and their properties

> Terminal designations

> Testing electrical components

> Practical work

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully worked through CBTs "Fundamentals of Electrics" (order

no. 1290 4747), "Fundamentals of Electrical Components" (1290 4748) and "Wiring

Diagrams" (1290 4722).

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This course is the first level of the Mercedes-Benz passenger car electrical system basic

qualification series, consisting of three 2-day face-to-face training courses (see the

qualification pathway for maintenance technicians) and several CBTs.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 134: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 134

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T0220F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level II • Go

Course Number T0220F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Carry out test, adjustment and repair work using digital multimeters, Star Diagnosis,

including HMS990 Measurement Technology, oscilloscope and the Diagnosis Assistance

System (DAS) on electrical systems in Mercedes-Benz passenger cars

> Apply current Mercedes-Benz test and measuring devices, service literature and

Workshop Information System (WIS) targeted at maintenance, diagnosis and repairs

Contents > Electrical formulas

> Control and regulation

> Oscilloscope

> Sensors and their signal forms

> AC and DC voltage

> Pulse width modulation

> Diagnosis and networking

> Fault types

> Testing electrical components

> Practical work

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the CBTs "Underlying Principles of Motor

Vehicle Electrics/Electronics" Part 3 (order no. 1290 4749) and "Wiring Diagrams" Part 4

(1290 4015).

Previous participation in the following basic training courses:

> T0219F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level I • Go

> T0177F • Passenger Cars • Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go

or equivalent, well-founded technical knowledge.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This course is the second level of the Mercedes-Benz passenger car electrical system

training, consisting of three 2-day face-to-face training courses (see the training for

maintenance technicians) and several CBTs.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 135: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 135

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T0221F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level III • Go

Course Number T0221F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Reliably handle the current electrical test equipment approved by Mercedes-Benz

> Describe the design and function of different sensors and actuators and name as well

as apply the appropriate measuring and testing options

> Reliably recognize and eliminate resistance issues and disconnections in electrical

lines and connections

> Perform accurate troubleshooting in electrical and electronic components

> Name the different types of networking and perform troubleshooting

Contents > Analog and digital sensors as well as actuators and their areas of application

> Design and function of electrical and electronic circuits and their use in motor vehicles

> Basic functions and types of data transfer

> Basic function and structure of CAN networks

> Practical work

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the CBTs "Fundamentals of Sensors" (order

no. 1290 4738) and "Sensors in Practice" (1290 4739).

Previous participation in the basic training courses "T0178F • Passenger Cars • Star

Diagnosis • Level II • Run" and participation in the training course "T0220F •

Passenger Cars• Electrical System• Level II • Go" is recommended.

Corresponding solid technical knowledge

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This course is the third level of the Mercedes-Benz passenger car electrical system

training, consisting of three 2-day face-to-face training courses (see the training for

maintenance technicians) and several CBTs.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 136: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 136

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1316Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Com-

petence for System Technicians • Run

Course Number T1316Q-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a System Technician. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1316P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Competency Analysis

> T0004F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go

> T0178F-AA • Passenger Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit stage II •

Run

> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical

and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go

> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run

> T1315E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 8,5 days (per 8 hours)

Page 137: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 137

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1084E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1084E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> On-board electrical systems and bus systems

> Diagnosis strategy

> VeDoc with read function

> High-voltage in motor vehicles – awareness training

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 138: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 138

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Com-

petence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

Course Number T1315E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> On-board electrical systems and bus systems

> Diagnosis strategy

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 139: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 139

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title V0131E • Passenger Cars, smart • Qualification Program • Technical Fundamentals for

Non-Technical Job Profiles • Initial Test

Course Number V0131E-AA

Target group Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales, Other

Objectives The participant:

> Is familiar with the basic structure of vehicles

> Is familiar with the basic structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine,

transmission, suspension, electrical components and support systems

> Can respond to simple technical questions from the customer during the service

reception dialog for maintenance services

> Can perform a quick test with XENTRY

Contents > Overview of vehicle types, vehicle structure and components

> Overview of body forms and features

> Structure of the vehicle interior

> Structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine, transmission, suspension,

electrical components and support systems

> Quick test with XENTRY

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Note This test confirms the basic technical knowledge of employees for non-technical job

profiles. It serves, among other functions, as an entry requirement for Business

Development Specialist.

Duration 0 hours

Page 140: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 140

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T0119F • Vans • Alternative Drives • Product Qualification of the Vito E-CELL • Go

Course Number T0119F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe and take the required safety precautions for working on the Vito E-CELL

> Describe the task, design, function and location of the high-voltage components

> Properly carry out the preparatory procedures and service operations on the vehicle

> Perform diagnostic operations on the vehicle's high-voltage system

Contents > Task, design and function of high-voltage components in the vehicle

> Procedure for disabling the high-voltage system

> Disable the power in the HV system

> Repair procedure when disabling the high-voltage system (power disable event log,

restart operations, etc.)

> System networking and integration into the overall vehicle network

> Diagnostic work on the vehicle

> Repair information, e.g. installation/removal of components

> Practical work on the vehicle and the system

Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for

Motor Vehicles • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note In order to successfully conclude the product qualification, you are required to

successfully pass high-voltage awareness and qualification training. IMPORTANT!

Persons with electronic implants (e.g. pacemakers) are not permitted to work on high-

voltage systems. They may not do any practical work on the HV system during training

and are not HV-certified after the conclusion of training.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 141: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 141

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1057F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model

Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1057F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Within the scope of simple maintenance, testing and repair operations, apply

knowledge about the latest

- product technology

- diagnosis technology and

- repair technology

Contents > General product technology

> Networking of electrical systems

> On-board electrical system and electrical systems

> General maintenance and repair work

> Diagnosing and remedying minor malfunctions using the service literature and current

diagnosis systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans

• Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for

Workshop Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Mandatory prerequisite T1248E • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model

Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 142: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 142

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go

Course Number T0146F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can

> Explain the maintenance and operation of the Actros and describe the most important

new features

> Apply knowledge of the latest product, diagnostic and repair technology as part of

simple maintenance, test and repair operations on the drivetrain and chassis

Contents > General Actros product technology

> Design and function:

- KontAct vehicle networking

- Commercial vehicle electrical systems

- Telligent® maintenance system

- Telligent® brake system 2

- Telligent® level control

- Telligent® gearshift

- Current transmission model series

- Model series 500 engines

> Using the service literature

> Operating the on-board diagnostic system

> Adjusting the steering

> PowerShift

> General maintenance and repair work

> Diagnosing and remedying minor faults using the service literature and current

diagnostic systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •

Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop

Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 143: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 143

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T0141F • Trucks • ZETROS Off-Road Trucks • Run

Course Number T0141F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> apply knowledge regarding the latest product, diagnostic, and repair technology as

part of simple maintenance, testing, and repair activities.

Contents Zetros general product technology

> Basic design and function:

- ABS brake system

- Engine model series 926

- Automatic transmission

- Transmission G131

- Transfer case VG 1700

- Tire pressure control system

> Electrical system for the non-civilian sector

> General maintenance and repair operations

> Diagnosing and remedying minor faults using service literature and current diagnostic

systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the basic training course on the Axor (NLGA -

LL211) or Atego (NLGO - LL213) or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 144: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 144

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T0945F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Econic Model Series 956 • Go

Course Number T0945F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work

> Perform initial repair work and adjustment operations on the new systems in

accordance with the manufacturer's specifications

> Perform initial diagnosis steps required to repair the systems

Contents > Functions of new systems in the areas of drivetrain, comfort, drive authorization,

safety and suspension

> Operation of systems

> Maintenance and repair

> Diagnosis/XENTRY

> Special considerations for service

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 145: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 145

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1058F • Trucks • Special-Purpose Vehicles • Heavy-Duty Truck Model Series 964 •

Go

Course Number T1058F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the new systems in the vehicles and explain how they work

> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's

specifications

> Perform initial diagnosis steps required to repair the systems

Contents > Additional systems of the heavy-duty truck

> Operation of these systems

> Maintenance and repair

> Diagnosis/XENTRY

> Special considerations for service

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 146: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 146

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1261Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians

Course Number T1261Q-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a system technician. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1261P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Competency Analysis

> T0004F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go

> T0180F-AA • Trucks, Vans • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis • Level II • Run

> T1028F-AA • Trucks • System Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos,

Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

> T1267E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 11,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 147: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 147

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1266E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1266E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence area.

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> On-board electrical systems and bus systems

> Diagnosis strategy

> Star Diagnosis

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 148: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 148

Chapter Technical Training

Department Fundamentals

Title T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

Course Number T1267E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> On-board electrical systems and bus systems

> Diagnosis strategy

> Star Diagnosis

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 149: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 149

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T0216F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • Go

Course Number T0216F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives

Contents

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 80%, Practice20%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 150: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 150

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T0694F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • New types • New Features and

Modifications • Run

Course Number T0694F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant is familiar with:

> The procedure for reliably performing maintenance services on new car models

> The scope of maintenance for model changes and new models

> The latest tools and aids for maintenance and the way they are used

Contents > Service targets (zero-error target)

> Tools and shop aids

> New features and modifications to the maintenance procedures

> Special features in new vehicle models (modifications/new features)

> Service measures and their processing

> Importance of external appearance (what does the customer see?)

> Maintenance services and their importance for customer satisfaction

> Importance of workshop tests

> Workshop quality handbook

Optional prerequisite Participation in a maintenance service basic training (Go) within the past 2 years or a

maintenance service advanced training (Run) within the past calendar year.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note In accordance with the specifications in the Mercedes-Benz maintenance service training

manual, employees that perform maintenance services must participate in a basic

maintenance service training (Go) every three years and a maintenance service advanced

training (Run) for new features/modifications and new models every year.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 151: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 151

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T0213F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and

Service • Go

Course Number T0213F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the different vehicles, major assemblies and systems and their correlation with

model series and vehicle models

> Operate the necessary systems for carrying out maintenance and repair work on

passenger cars, such as ASSYST and ASSYST Plus

> Carry out different maintenance operations according to the maintenance procedures

Contents Basic information on the following topics:

> Overview of Mercedes-Benz passenger car models

> Innovations

> Vehicle documentation and vehicle data card

> Design group overview and logic

> Symbols in the documentation

> Importance and use of the Specifications for Operating Fluids

> Work units and texts

> Need for maintenance

> Design and function of maintenance systems (ASSYST and ASSYST Plus)

> Systems that need particular attention, such as:

- Drive authorization

- Airmatic

- Automatic transmission

- Sensotronic Brake Control SBC™

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Note This training course will convey the information required to perform maintenance and

repair work on Mercedes-Benz passenger cars. The design and the operation/function of

the individual maintenance systems and items are specifically worked on in practical

work.

The content of this course is required for maintenance technicians to safely and

effectively perform maintenance work on Mercedes-Benz passenger cars with the help of

valid service information.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 152: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 152

Chapter Technical Training

Department Maintenance

Title T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go

Course Number T0389F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the components of Star Diagnosis and describe their functions

> Identify a vehicle, perform a quick test and read out and erase the vehicle's fault

memory

> Describe what processes are required to operate Star Diagnosis in an authorized

smart® service operation

> List the components and fields of application of the HMS990

> Operate the HMS990 in conjunction with Star Diagnosis

Contents > Overview of all Star Diagnosis application programs (StarUtilities, DAS, HMS990)

> Identify vehicle in DAS, perform a quick test, erase the fault memory

> Processes related to Star Diagnosis, e.g. licenses, activating, updates, integrating SD

into the dealer's IT network (WLAN)

> TAN generator, basics of online SCN coding

> Measurement Technology (HMS990) hardware and design, fields of application and

use of the HMS990

Optional prerequisite Before the start of the seminar, the "Star Diagnosis" CBT was worked through on your

own.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Note The content of this course corresponds to course "T0177F• Cars • Star Diagnosis •

Level I • Go".

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 153: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 153

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0004F • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go

Course Number T0004F-AA

Target group System Technician, FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Develop an all-categories diagnosis strategy based on the levels model

> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids, evaluate their results

and develop them further

> Describe the various fault types and their effects

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents > Diagnoses according to the levels model

> Faults and fault types

> Application of the category-specific diagnosis aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)

> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes

> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis as well as HMS990 or has

completed training course "HMS990 T0178F • Passenger Cars • Star Diagnosis Level II

• Run" or "T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Star Diagnosis Level II • Run".

The two CBTs "Troubleshooting, Success with Logic and All Senses" T0635E (W4754)

and "Diagnosis Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as

preparation.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 154: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 154

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0514F • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run

Course Number T0514F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Perform a specific diagnosis in the current on-board electrical systems

> Successfully diagnose various systems in networking

> Repair considering EMC measures

Contents > Design, function of on-board electrical system and energy management

- Information evaluation of the intelligent battery sensor

- ECO start/stop function

> Current data bus systems in passenger cars

- Topology of vehicle networking

- Functions and data transfers in networking

> Control unit networking

- Control unit coding and software programming

- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

> Diagnostic work with troubleshooting on current model series

Mandatory prerequisite T0445E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and

Bus Systems • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis and Hermann Measurement

Technology. He/she has a good knowledge of vehicle electronics and electrical

components.

Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of

Motor Vehicle Electronics" parts 1-3 (order nos. 12904757, 12904758, 12904759) and

"Sensors and Actuators" (12904012).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 155: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 155

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0445E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and

Bus Systems • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0445E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can describe the design and functions of the on-board electrical systems

and bus systems

Contents Fundamental knowledge of

> Design and function of on-board electrical and bus systems

> Current data bus technologies

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis and Hermann Measurement

Technology. He/she has a good knowledge of vehicle electronics and electrical

components.

Participants can check and refresh their level of knowledge with CBT programs

"Principles of Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1 to 3 (order no. 1290 4757/4758/4759

) and "Sensors and Actuators" (1290 4012).

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 156: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 156

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0788F • Passenger Cars • Wiring Harness Repair • Go

Course Number T0788F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Analyze wiring harness damage and determine the required repair method

> Search for necessary information in EPC and WIS

> Perform common wiring harness repairs with the tools

Contents > Damage diagnosis and repair procedure for wiring harnesses

> Working with electrical wiring diagrams and figures in WIS and EPC

> Identifying part numbers in EPC and WIS

> Notes for qualified queries in the TIPS case module

> Using the repair tools

> Performing practical repairs

Optional prerequisite Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the e-Training "T0445E •

Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems

• e-Training • Go".

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 157: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 157

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0250F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter BR 906, Vi-

to/Viano BR 639 • Run

Course Number T0250F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the

current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions

> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van

> Describe the functions and diagnosis of the battery and alternator management

system

> Describe how to activate the latest ECO start/stop function in the network

> Propose solutions for current complaints

Contents > Complete on-board electrical system architecture and control unit networking,

including CAN technology, for the current van model series

> Battery sensor, battery management and alternator management

> Headlamp variants and their adjustment

> Interrelation of different systems within the overall network

> Current topics and diagnostic cases

Optional prerequisite The participant has very good knowledge in the field of vehicle electrical systems and is

proficient in the use of the Workshop Information System (WIS), Diagnosis Assistance

System (DAS), Measurement Technology (HMS) and wiring diagrams.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "W4756 •

Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on Fundamentals of Networking • Go" and

"Sensors in Motor Vehicles", "W4738 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on

Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • Go", "W4739 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans •

CBTT • Test on Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2".

This course is the basic training course for all prospective van system technicians.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 158: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 158

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0795F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter Facelift, Vi-

to/Viano, Citan (Model Series 906, 639, 415) • Run

Course Number T0795F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the

current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions

> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van

> Describe the functions and diagnosis of the battery and alternator management

system

> Describe how to activate the latest ECO start/stop function in the network

> Describe particular features of the Citan's on-board electrical system

> Propose solutions for current complaints

Contents The training will cover the model-refined Sprinter (BR 906), the current Vito/Viano (BR

639) and the Citan:

> Complete on-board electrical system and control unit networking, including CAN

technology

> Battery sensor, battery management and alternator management

> Headlamp variants and their adjustment

> Interrelation of different systems within the overall network

> Current topics and diagnostic cases

> The latest on the Citan

Optional prerequisite The participant has very good knowledge in the field of vehicle electrical systems and is

proficient in the use of the Workshop Information System (WIS), Diagnosis Assistance

System (DAS), Measurement Technology (HMS) and wiring diagrams.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "W4756 •

Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on Fundamentals of Networking • Go" and

"Sensors in Motor Vehicles", "W4738 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on

Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • Go", "W4739 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans •

CBTT • Test on Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2".

This course is the basic training course for all prospective van system technicians.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 159: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 159

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T1306F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • New V-Class and New Vito

(Model Series 447) • Run

Course Number T1306F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of the on-board electrical system and correctly assign its

components

> Describe special energy storage variants and systems

> Diagnose the different bus systems and overall network

> Explain the tasks and functions of new control units and systems

> State the purpose of the battery, on-board electrical system and alternator

management

> Describe the new lighting variants, especially headlamp technology and Intelligent

Light Systems

> Diagnose the electrical systems

Contents This course covers the following topics for the new V-Class and the new Vito (model

series 447):

> Complete on-board electrical system architecture including backup and additional

batteries

> All power supply variants with backup concept for voltage stabilization

> Battery sensor, battery management and alternator management

> Networking the control units and bus variants

> New exterior lighting equipment

> New control units

> Support systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has very good knowledge in the field of vehicle electrical systems and is

proficient in the use of the Workshop Information System (WIS), Diagnosis Assistance

System (DAS), Measurement Technology (HMS) and wiring diagrams.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 160: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 160

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0254F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Vito and Viano BR 639,

Sprinter BR 906 • Run

Course Number T0254F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of the parameterizable special module and its

integration in the on-board electrical system

> Parameterize the special module as specified by the customer order, under

consideration of safety-relevant aspects

> Perform targeted diagnoses

Contents > Design and function of the parameterizable special module

> Standard coding, e.g. retarder, rpm control, recreational vehicles, Kerstner refrigerated

vehicles and taxis

> Planning and implementation of freely selectable parameters

> Combined parameterization consisting of logic functions such as the timer, threshold

switch, counter, flip-flop, hysteresis block and logic block

> Practice-oriented parameterization exercises using the service literature

> Power take-offs

> Engine functions, such as constant/variable working speed control, external engine

start/stop

> Notes on the body manufacturer CAN

> Notes on product liability

Optional prerequisite The participant is conversant with the operation and handling of the measuring and

diagnostic equipment.

Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 161: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 161

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0253F • Vans • Practice-Oriented Supplementary Training on the Parameterizable

Special Module (PSM) • Sprinter (BR 906) and Vito, Viano • Run

Course Number T0253F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can

> Refresh and deepen the knowledge gained from previous PSM training courses

> Supplement what has been learned with specific practical work

> Scope out solutions by examining the parameterization cases brought to the course

> Learn from the experience of other participants

Contents > Refresh and deepen knowledge about PSMs

> Work through the case studies brought to the course

> Tips and tricks

> Exchange of experience

Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note Participants in this training course must possess a fair amount of PSM experience.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 162: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 162

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T0244F • Trucks • On-board Electrical Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation •

Actros, Axor, Atego • Run

Course Number T0244F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the CAN technology used and the

related basic functions in the Actros (BR 93x), Axor2 and Atego2

> Describe the functions and interactions of the various subsystems, including their

sensors and actuators, and conduct diagnostic operations on them

> Describe the design and function of current instruments and parameterize them

> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system

Contents > On-board electrical system architecture and CAN technology in the Actros (BR 93x),

Axor2 and Atego2 truck model series

> Strategies and practical procedures to follow when diagnosing complex electrical and

electronic systems

> By means of fault simulation and appropriate diagnostic operations, familiarization

with the interplay and typical interactions of the various subsystems through practical

work

> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases

Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through the CBT programs "Controller Area Network

(Passenger Cars and Commercial Vehicles)" Part 1 – Fundamentals (order no. 1290

4716) and "Actros Networking" Parts 1-2 (1290 4330/ 31).

In addition to this, he/she has very good knowledge about electrical and electronic

systems and has attended the training course "T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans,

smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go". The participant is proficient in the use of Star

Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note Participants can check and refresh their knowledge using the CBT program "Wiring

Diagrams" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4722/ 23 and 1290 4312). The content of this

training is directed at system/repair technicians with little experience in on-board

electrical systems.

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 163: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 163

Chapter Technical Training

Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System

Title T1028F • Trucks • System Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs,

Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1028F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the

related basic functions in the new truck series

> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform

diagnostic work on these components

> Describe the design and function of the current instrumentation

> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system

Contents > On-board electrical system and bus systems in the new truck series Actros, Antos,

Arocs and Atego Euro VI (BR 96, 963, 964, 967)

> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic

systems

> Fault simulations and associated diagnostic operations to familiarize participants with

the interplay and typical interdependencies of the various subsystems through practical

exercises

> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the CBT programs "Controller Area Network (Passenger

Cars and Commercial Vehicles) Part 1 – Fundamentals" (order no. 1290 4716) and

"Actros Network – Parts 1-2" (order no. 1290 4330/31).

He/she also has excellent knowledge of electrical and electronic systems. The

participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT program "Wiring

Diagrams" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4722/23 and 1290 4312). The content of this

training is intended for repair technicians with little experience regarding on-board

electrical systems.

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 164: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 164

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title S0403E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for

NTG 5.5 • e-Training • Go

Course Number S0403E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant:

> Is familiar with the new features in the area of NTG 5.5 telematics

> Can provide a needs-based explanation of the functions and customer benefits of the

new features

Contents > Current topics and innovations

> NTG 5.5 highlights

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Page 165: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 165

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title S0311E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for

NTG 5 • e-Training • Go

Course Number S0311E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant:

> Is familiar with the new features in the area of NTG 5 telematics

> Can provide a needs-based explanation of the functions and customer benefits of the

new features

Contents > Current topics and innovations

> NTG 5 highlights

> Q&A from the 2014 EuroTraining

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Page 166: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 166

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title T1026F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Run

Course Number T1026F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Identify the causes of vehicle complaints through targeted customer interviews,

vehicle checks and fault symptom descriptions, and prepare efficient diagnosis for the

workshop

> Read out the malfunctions/faults in the vehicle with the help of the on-board diagnosis

system

> (Roughly) describe the design and function of

- The vehicle network

- The comfort systems and assign settings

- The telematics systems and operate the various devices

> Operate FleetBoard online

> Introduce measures to remedy vehicle complaints with the help of the technical

workshop literature (WIS/TIPS)

> Describe new technical features/modifications

> Name the current service measures and describe the required tasks

Contents For new truck series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro 6

> New technical features/modifications and current service measures

> Design and function of

- Comfort systems

- Telematics systems (http and Java)

- Vehicle networking

> Notes and tips on

- Special equipment and retrofitting

- Design groups

> Service reception and diagnosis process and information transfer to the workshop

> Exchange of experience and sample cases brought in by the participants

Optional prerequisite The participant is a service advisor and has basic knowledge of our truck product range.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 167: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 167

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title T1025F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard for Service Advisors • Internet Application

• Run

Course Number T1025F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the telematics-supported fleet management system FleetBoard in a

competent manner

> Conduct troubleshooting via the Internet

> Advise the customer on service and maintenance

Contents > System description, functions of FleetBoard and services of Daimler AG

> Use of

- SPPS and telediagnosis as Daimler services

- FleetBoard with maintenance forecast (incl. WIS) and telediagnosis (incl. TIPS)

> Processes for CAC and non-CAC customers in immobility cases

> Customer-benefit arguments for active maintenance planning

> Offer creation through the systems

> New interface with Java

> New telediagnosis function

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This training course is for operations looking to acquire certification as a FleetBoard

Premium Partner. The training focuses on telediagnosis and maintenance management.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 168: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 168

Chapter Technical Training

Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager

Title T1082F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Powertrain and Suspen-

sion • Actros, Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1082F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Read out the malfunctions/faults in the vehicle with the help of the on-board diagnosis

system

> (Roughly) describe design and function

- Of the vehicle network

- Of the powertrain, suspension, and driving assistance systems

- Of the maintenance systems and assign settings

> Introduce measures for rectification of vehicle complaints with the help of the

technical workshop literature

> Describe new technical features/modifications in the current truck model series

Contents > Design and function

- Of vehicle networking

- Of engine and transmission management

> Of the level control system and brake system

> Of the driving assistance systems

> Service-relevant parameters in the maintenance system

> Working with technical workshop literature

> New technical features/modifications

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant is a service advisor and has basic knowledge of the Mercedes-Benz truck

product range.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 169: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 169

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

Course Number T0005F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Develop a complex diagnostic strategy for all vehicle divisions based on the five-levels

model and complaint analysis

> Generate complaint-related orders

> Develop a troubleshooting tree

> Implement complex troubleshooting strategies

> Prepare documentation that is in line with audit requirements

Contents > Complex diagnoses according to the levels model

> Complaint analysis

> Consolidating knowledge on the use of vehicle division-specific diagnostic aids

(DAS,...)

> Practical work/diagnosis based on fault symptoms and specified/actual values

> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

> Fault diagnosis with stored and non-stored fault codes

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 170: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 170

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0372Q • smart • Qualification Program

Course Number T0372Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Participants qualify as a smart certified diagnosis technician.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T0372P-AA • smart • Qualification Program • Competency Analysis

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified

Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

> T0396F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical System • Run

> T0397F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain and Suspension •

Run

> T0398F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of

systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star

Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is

also required.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 14,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 171: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 171

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1054Q • smart • Certification Program • 2016 • Certified Diagnostic Technician

Course Number T1054Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Certified smart Diagnostic Technician.

Contents The certification program for smart diagnostic technicians consists of individual training

courses. The certification program begins with the initial test (T1010F • smart •

Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go). It involves a practical and theoretical

test concerning the strategic approach and transfer behavior during everyday business.

Furthermore, it assesses theoretical knowledge in the fields of electrical components,

comfort, telematics and drivetrain. Once you have passed the initial test, you will receive

an overview of the training courses to be booked before the examination. If you do not

pass the initial test, you will receive detailed information about the fields in which you are

still lacking the requisite knowledge. You may prepare for the next initial test through

workplace measures or by attending training sessions.

Once you have all the necessary qualifications, you can register for the final test (T0995F

• smart • Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run).

Following successful completion, you will receive a certificate as a Certified Diagnostic

Technician.

The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T1010F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified

Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

> T0992F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components,

Comfort and Telematics • Run

> T1401F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

> T0995F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of

systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star

Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is

also required.

You can obtain or refresh this knowledge by attending training courses in the four

proficiencies (drive, suspension, comfort and telecommunications systems) from the

System Technician qualification program. Ideally, you will have successfully completed

two System Technician qualification courses.

As preparation for the final test, you can sign up for the training course "T0797F • smart

• Certified Diagnostic Technicians • Test Preparation • Run". In this training course,

Page 172: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016

172

practical work is carried out on vehicles under real test conditions.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 11,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 173: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 173

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test

Course Number T1010F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > Participants' knowledge and skills have been determined

> Participants and the dealership have been informed about admission to the training

> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the admission prerequisites

> An individual training plan has been prepared in the event of admission

> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the individual training plan

Contents > This test determines participants' theoretical knowledge in the competence areas on

the topics:

> Electrical systems, comfort, telematics for smart model series 453 on the topics: on-

board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive authorization and

locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio

> Drivetrain for current gasoline engines M281/M281LA in the smart model series 453

Optional prerequisite > T0004F • Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go

> T0177F • Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis Level I

• Go

> T0178F • Passenger Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star

Diagnosis Level II • Run

> T0635E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Successful Troubleshooting: Using Common

Sense and All Your Senses • e-Test • Go

> T0673E • Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • CBT • Diagnostic Strategy • Level Model • e-

Test • Go

> T0628E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems

• Part 1 • e-Test • Go

> T0629E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems

• Part 2 • e-Test • Go

> T0630E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems

• Part 3 • e-Test • Go

> T0619E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • e-Test •

Go

> T0620E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2 • e-Test •

Go

Training Depth Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is a part of the training series for smart Certified Diagnostic Technicians.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 174: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 174

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and

Telematics • Run

Course Number T0992F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Generate a comprehensive complaint analysis using the four levels model

> Independently develop a strategic plan

> Plan and implement the next steps

> Efficiently employ the right knowledge resources to solve the problem

> Create complete, comprehensible documentation for diagnosis, including the game

and players

> Completely repair the vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and in

compliance with accident prevention regulations, and hand over the vehicle in a ready-to-

drive condition to the CSA

Contents > Vehicle networking

> On-board electrical system and battery management

> Electrical systems

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 175: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 175

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

Course Number T1401F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Generate a comprehensive complaint analysis using the four levels model

> Independently develop a strategic plan

> Plan and implement the next steps

> Efficiently employ the right knowledge resources to solve the problem

> Create complete, comprehensible documentation for diagnosis, including the game

and players

> Completely repair the vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and in

compliance with accident prevention regulations, and hand over the vehicle in a ready-to-

drive condition to the CSA

Contents > Drivetrain networking

> Fuel circuit on the gasoline engine

> Engine management on the gasoline engine

> Diagnosis on the gasoline engine

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and

Telematics • Run

T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 176: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 176

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0797F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test preparation • Run

Course Number T0797F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Implement the test process

> Assess his/her learning needs

> Assess his/her practical abilities

Contents > Explanation of the test process

> Explanation of the automotive diagnostic process

> Troubleshooting based on the levels model and the complaint analysis

> Consolidation of the material covered in training courses T0005F, T0992F, T1401F

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and

Telematics • Run

T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test

T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The course is not part of the training series for becoming a smart Diagnostic Technician

and may be optionally booked as preparation for the test.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 177: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 177

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0995F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

Course Number T0995F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (behavior during

problem-solving).

Contents According to the test regulations:

> 3 x 40 minutes theory (Organization; Electrical, comfort, telematics systems;

Drivetrain)

> 1 x 70 minutes practical work (1)

> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (2)

> 1 x 30 minutes oral test

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and

Telematics • Run

T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test

T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 178: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 178

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0944F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • smart BR 453 • Further Training •

Fly

Course Number T0944F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can develop diagnoses on complex systems independently and take

remedial measures.

Contents Diagnosis and repair on smart model series 453.

Mandatory prerequisite T0398F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 179: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 179

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test

• Go

Course Number T1012F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > Practical test with identification of strategic approach using a practical example

> Test of practical application from diagnostic strategy T0004F

> Application of diagnostic tools (HMS 990, measuring and testing equipment for the

respective exercise)

> Application of knowledge sources (WIS, TIPS) according to requirements (exercise)

> Diagnostic work on electrical,system, comfort, telematics and drivetrain

> The participants' expertise and skills have been determined in the areas of conceptual

and practical knowledge

> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the job profile requirements

for the Diagnostic Technician

> An individual training plan has been prepared according to the demonstrated

performance and based on the current training history

> Participants and the dealership have been informed in writing about the individual

training plan as well as the admission to the Diagnostic Technician training course or of

the training prerequisites which still must be fulfilled before admission

Contents > This test determines participants' theoretical knowledge in the competence areas on

the topics:

> Electrical systems, comfort, telematics for E-Class model series 213 on the topics: on-

board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive authorization and

locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio

> Drivetrain for the engines M276 Turbo and OM642LS in the model series E-Class

(model series 213) and S-Class (model series 222)

Optional prerequisite > T0177F • Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis Level I

• Go

> T0179F • Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis Level II

• Run

> T0635E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Successful Troubleshooting: Using Common

Sense and All Your Senses • e-Test • Go

> T0673E • Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • CBT • Diagnostic Strategy • Level Model • e-

Test • Go

> T0628E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems

• Part 1 • e-Test • Go

> T0629E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems

• Part 2 • e-Test • Go

> T0630E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems

• Part 3 • e-Test • Go

> T0619E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • e-Test •

Go

> T0620E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2 • e-Test •

Go

Page 180: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016

180

Mandatory prerequisite T0004F • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is part of the training series to become a Certified Mercedes-Benz Passenger

Car Diagnostic Technician T1009Q.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 181: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 181

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

Course Number T1278F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can

> Ask the customer complaint-related questions

> Devise a strategy for investigating the customer complaint

> Apply the necessary knowledge resources (workshop literature)

Contents > General vehicle electrical system

> On-board electrical system management

> Networking

> Central locking

> Access authorization

> Drive authorization for E-Class model series 213, model year 2016

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test

• Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 182: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 182

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

Course Number T1002F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the required information sources (workshop literature)

Contents > Vehicle electrical system

> On-board electrical system management

> Networking

> Central locking

> Access authorization

> Drive authorization for the E-Class model series 212, YoM 2013

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test

• Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 183: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 183

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain

• M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run

Course Number T0981F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

Contents > Gasoline engine M276 DEH LA in the E-Class model series 213

> Camshaft adjustment, secondary air injection, ignition system, air ducting, fuel system,

charging

> Diesel engine OM 642LS in the S-Class model series 222

> Fuel system, preglow system, intake port shutoff (EKAS), exhaust gas recirculation,

charging

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test

• Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 184: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 184

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0982F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspen-

sion • Run

Course Number T0982F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

Contents > AIRMATIC in the S-Class (model series 222)

> Magic Body Control in the S-Class model series 222

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test

• Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 185: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 185

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1015F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test

preparation • Run

Course Number T1015F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Implement the test process

> Assess his/her learning needs

> Assess his/her practical abilities

Contents > Explanation of the test process

> Explanation of the automotive diagnosis process

> Troubleshooting based on the levels model and the complaint analysis

> Consolidation of the material covered in training courses T0005F, T1278F and T0981F

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain

• M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run

T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test

• Go

T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 186: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 186

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1016F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test •

Run

Course Number T1016F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (participants' problem-

solving approaches).

Contents According to the test regulations:

> 3 x 40 minutes theory (Organization; electrical, comfort, telematics systems;

drivetrain)

> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (1)

> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (2)

> 1 x 30 minutes oral test

Optional prerequisite T1015F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test Preparation •

Run (as optional test preparation)

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain

• M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run

T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test

• Go

T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is part of the training series for becoming a Certified Diagnostic Technician for

Passenger Cars.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 187: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 187

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1241F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • E-Class

Model Series 213 • Further Training • Fly

Course Number T1241F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle

using a customer-friendly approach

> determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is

actually a feature of normal system operation

> apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure

> recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them

> create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved

> work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined

topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer

specifications

Contents > Content to be determined

Mandatory prerequisite T1016F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test •

Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 188: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 188

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0983Q • Vans • Certification Program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician

Course Number T0983Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Certified Mercedes-Benz Diagnostic Technician.

Contents

The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T0986F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test •

Go

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified

Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

> T0987F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

> T0988F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain •

Run

> T0989F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension •

Run

> T0991F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of

systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star

Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is

also required.

You can obtain and refresh this knowledge by participating in training courses from the

qualification as a System Technician.

As preparation for the final test, you can sign up for the training course "T0990F • Vans

• Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technicians • Test Preparation • Run". In this

training course, practical work is carried out on vehicles under real test conditions.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 16,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 189: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 189

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T0986F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > The participants' expertise and skills have been determined in the areas of conceptual

and practical knowledge

> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the job profile requirements

for the Diagnostic Technician

> An individual training plan has been prepared according to the demonstrated

performance and based on the current training history

> Participants and the dealership have been informed in writing about the individual

training plan as well as the admission to the Diagnostic Technician training course or of

the training prerequisites which still must be fulfilled before admission

Contents This test determines participants' theoretical knowledge in the competence areas on the

topics:

> Electrical system, comfort, telematics for model series 447 and 906 on the topics: on-

board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive authorization and

locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio

> Drivetrain for the Vito model series 447 with OM622, V-Class model series 447 with

OM651 and Sprinter model series 906 with OM642

> Suspension, support systems in model series 447 and 906

Practical test with determination of strategic approach using a practical example:

> Test of practical application from diagnostic strategy T0004F

> Application of diagnostic tools (HMS 990, measuring and testing equipment for the

respective exercise)

> Application of knowledge sources (WIS, TIPS) according to requirements (exercise)

> Diagnostic work on electrical systems, comfort, telematics, drivetrain and suspension

systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed at least one of the two qualifying programs

for System Technicians (T1508Q/T1509Q)

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is part of the training series to become a Mercedes-Benz Certified Van

Diagnostic Technician T0983Q.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 190: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 190

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

Course Number T0988F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy

> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner

Contents Course content encompasses group work and practical exercises on the topics:

> Drivetrain in the Vito model series 447 with OM622

> V-Class model series 447 with OM651

> Sprinter BR 906 with OM642

> Diagnosis on the bus system engine

> Survey of tests and how to conduct them with XENTRY Kit and Herman Measurement

Technology (HMS)

> Applying diagnoses according to the levels model

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go

T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The training is part of the training series for becoming a Certified Van Diagnosis

Technician.

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 191: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 191

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run

Course Number T0989F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

Contents > Troubleshooting and diagnosis on current suspension systems

> ESP brake system in Vito, V-Class model series 447 and Sprinter model series 906

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go

T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The training is part of the training series for becoming a Certified Van Diagnosis

Technician.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 192: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 192

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0990F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test preparation • Run

Course Number T0990F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Implement the test process

> Assess his learning needs

> Assess his practical abilities

Contents > Explanation of the test process

> Explanation of the automotive diagnostic process

> Troubleshooting according to the levels model

> Consolidation of the material covered in training courses T0005F, T0987F, T0988F and

T0989F

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go

T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 193: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 193

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

Course Number T0991F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (behavior during

problem-solving).

Contents According to the test regulations:

> 4 x 40 minutes theory (Organization; Electrical , comfort, telematics systems;

Drivetrain; Suspension)

> 1 x 70 minutes practical work (1)

> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (2)

> 1 x 30 minutes oral test

Optional prerequisite "T0990F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test Preparation •

Run" as optional test preparation.

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go

T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run

T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 194: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 194

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1206F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly

Course Number T1206F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the differences in networking between the Vito and V-Class of model series

447

> Describe and convey diagnosis-relevant system functions of engine OM622

> Plan and perform targeted diagnosis on engine OM622

> Describe the new functions of the PSM control module and perform basic

parameterization

> Describe and convey current diagnosis focuses for van series

> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined

topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer

specifications

Contents > System functions and overall network in the Vito model series 447

> System functions and diagnosis options/remedies on engine OM622

> System functions and basic parameterization on the PSM of model series 447 in

theory and practice

> Exchange of experience on current van topics

> New features/modifications in vans

> Implementation of the diagnosis strategy on OM622 engine

Mandatory prerequisite T0022F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 195: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 195

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1037F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly

Course Number T1037F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle

using a customer-friendly approach

> determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is

actually a feature of normal system operation

> apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure

> recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them

> create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved

> work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined

topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer

specifications

Contents > The latest topics concerning new features and modifications to the VAN series

> Current problem cases from all vehicle model series;

the latest content will be communicated to the diagnosis technician in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The preliminary training course on the relevant model series is mandatory.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 196: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 196

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0948F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly

Course Number T0948F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle

using a customer-friendly approach

> Determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is

actually a feature of normal system operation

> Apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure

> Recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them

> Create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved

> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined

topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer

specifications

Contents > New products/features and modifications in the Sprinter facelift (model series 906)

> New V-Class model series 447, overall vehicle with extended diagnosis

> Citan model series 415: gasoline engine with extended diagnosis

> Current problem cases from all vehicle model series (vans)

The diagnosis technician will be informed of the latest course content in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0022F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-

Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The preliminary training course on the relevant model series is a mandatory prerequisite.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 197: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 197

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1402F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly

Course Number T1402F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the differences in the Vito and V-Class model series 447 systems and plan

and perform targeted diagnosis

> Describe and convey diagnosis-relevant system functions of engine OM622

> Plan and perform targeted diagnosis on engine OM622

> Describe the new functions of the PSM module and perform basic parameterization

> Describe and convey current diagnosis focuses for van series

> Describe and implement the major changes in the V-Class model series 447

> Determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or

whether it is actually a feature of normal system operation

> Apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure

> Recognize and properly process complaints involving more than one system

> Create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved

> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined

topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer's

specifications

Contents > System functions and overall network in the Vito model series 447

> System functions, diagnosis options and remedies on engine OM622

> System functions and basic parameterization on the PSM of model series 447

> Exchange of experience on current van topics

> New features/modifications V-Class model series 447

Mandatory prerequisite T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 198: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 198

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1153F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly

Course Number T1153F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle

using a customer-friendly approach

> determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is

actually a feature of normal system operation

> apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure

> recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them

> create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved

> work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined

topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer

specifications

Contents > New features and modifications in the Sprinter

> Current problem cases from all vehicle model series

The latest content will be communicated to the diagnosis technician in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The preliminary training course on the relevant model series is mandatory.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 199: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 199

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0985Q • Trucks • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Techni-

cian

Course Number T0985Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Certified Mercedes-Benz Diagnostic Technician.

Contents

The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T0523F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model

Series 963 • Initial Test • Go

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified

Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

> T0943F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run

> T0942F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain •

Run

> T0941F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension •

Run

> T0529F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model

Series 963 • Test • Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Ideally, before registering for the Certification Program, you will have successfully

completed two System Technician qualification courses. You should also possess

excellent knowledge of systematic troubleshooting, the on-board electrical system and

networking, and workshop systems including Star Diagnosis.

As preparation for the final test, you can sign up for the training course "T0528F •

Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model Series 963 •

Test Preparation • Run". In this training course, practical work is carried out on vehicles

under real test conditions.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 18,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 200: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 200

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Compo-

nents, Comfort, Telematics • Run

Course Number T0943F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the required information sources (workshop literature)

Contents Actros model series 963

> Networking

> On-board electrical system

> Drive authorization

> Access authorization

> Air conditioning system

> Heating system

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Initial Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 201: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 201

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

Course Number T0942F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Plan and efficiently carry out troubleshooting on the drivetrain with the aid of the

levels model and complaint analysis

> Evaluate the current systems and initiate targeted diagnosis

Contents > BlueTEC, thermal management, fuel circuit, sensors, actuators, engine control/drive

control networking, engine timing, starter control in the Actros model series 96x

> Troubleshooting according to complaint analysis and the levels model

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Initial Test • Go

T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 202: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 202

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run

Course Number T0941F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategy plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the required information sources (workshop literature)

Contents Actros model series 963

> Compressed air supply

> Knorr / Wabco brake systems

> Driving assistance systems

> Level control

> Chassis system networking

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Initial Test • Go

T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 203: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 203

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0947F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly

Course Number T0947F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

> Use the body manufacturer portal

> Perform diagnosis for malfunctions on the PSM

> Correctly perform cross-system troubleshooting

> Apply for "ESP" user permissions for "VeDoc"

Contents > New features and changes on the Arocs model series 964

> New features and changes on the Atego model series 967

> New features and changes on the Econic model series 956

> Parameterization of the ESP system (requires "ESP" permissions for "VeDoc")

> New PSM features on the Actros model series 963

> Extended diagnosis for Atego model series 967 and Actros model series 963 with

problems identified on the PSM

The diagnosis technician will be informed of the latest course content in the personal

invitation letter.

Optional prerequisite For participants with limited previous knowledge of the parameterizable special module,

we recommend working through the two CBTs "PSM Part 1" (1290 4314) and "PSM Part

2" (1290 4315).

Mandatory prerequisite T0108E • Trucks • Atego Euro VI Standard • e-Training • Go

T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The diagnosis technician final test is required to participate in further training courses for

diagnosis technicians.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 204: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 204

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T0523F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > Practical test with identification of strategic approach using a practical example

> Review of practical application from diagnosis strategy T0004F

> Application of diagnosis tools (HMS 990, measuring and testing equipment for the

respective exercise)

> Application of knowledge sources (WIS, TIPS) according to requirements (exercise)

> Diagnosis work on electrical components, comfort, telematics, drivetrain and

suspension systems

> The participants' expertise and skills have been determined in the areas of conceptual

and practical knowledge.

> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the job profile requirements

for the Diagnosis Technician.

> An individual training plan has been prepared according to demonstrated

achievements and based on the current educational history.

> Participants and the dealership have been informed in writing about the individual

training plan as well as the admission to the Diagnosis Technician training course or of

the training prerequisites which still must be fulfilled before admission.

Contents > This test determines participants' knowledge in the competence areas on the topics:

> Electrical systems and components, comfort, telematics for model series 963 on the

topics: on-board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive

authorization and locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio

> Drivetrain for the OM 470 and OM 471 engines

> Suspension, support systems, brake and partial/full pneumatic suspension

Optional prerequisite > T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go

> T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis

Level I • Go

> T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis

Level II • Run

> T0635E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Troubleshooting: Using Common

Sense and All Your Senses • e-Test • Go

> T0673E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • CBT • Diagnosis Strategy • Levels

Model • e-Test • Go

> T0628E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive

Electrical Systems • Part 1 • e-Test • Go

> T0629E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive

Electrical Systems • Part 2 • e-Test • Go

> T0630E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive

Electrical Systems • Part 3 • e-Test • Go

> T0619E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 •

e-Test • Go

> T0620E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2 •

Page 205: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016

205

e-Test • Go

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The test is part of the training series to become a Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician for Vans T0983Q. Completed vocational training with a specialization as a

system technician including the necessary interdisciplinary qualifications is required (see

job profile for diagnosis technician).

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 206: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 206

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0524F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Actros

Model Series 96x • Run

Course Number T0524F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Plan and efficiently carry out troubleshooting on the drivetrain with the aid of the level

model and complaint analysis

> Evaluate the current systems and initiate targeted diagnosis

Contents > BlueTec®

> Thermal management

> Fuel circuit

> Sensors

> Actuators

> Engine control and drive control networking

> Engine control

> Starter control

> Troubleshooting according to complaint analysis and level model

Mandatory prerequisite T0526E • Trucks • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 207: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 207

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0525F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension •

Actros Model Series 96x • Run

Course Number T0525F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Plan and efficiently carry out troubleshooting on the current suspension systems with

the aid of the levels model and complaint analysis model

> Evaluate the current systems and initiate targeted diagnosis

Contents > Air brake system

> Electronic air-processing unit (EAPU)

> Telligent® brake system (BS2)

> Driving assistance systems

> Level control

> Steering gear

> Troubleshooting according to complaint analysis and levels model

Mandatory prerequisite T0527E • Trucks • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 208: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 208

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0528F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model Se-

ries 963 • Test Preparation • Run

Course Number T0528F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can implement the test procedure.

Contents > Explanation of the test procedure

> Explanation of the automotive diagnostic process

> Troubleshooting according to the levels model and the complaint analysis

> Reinforce/refresh content from the T0005F, T0943F, T0942F, T0941F and training

courses

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Initial Test • Go

T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run

T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 209: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 209

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Test • Run

Course Number T0529F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (behavior during problem

solving).

Contents According to the examination regulations:

> 2 x 60 minutes theory

> 1 x 60 minutes practice (1)

> 1 x 70 minutes practice (2)

> 1 x 30 minutes oral test

Optional prerequisite "T0528F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model

Series 963 • Test Preparation • Run" - 2 days

Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis

Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run

T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Initial Test • Go

T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run

T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical

Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is a part of the training program for becoming a Certified Diagnostic Technician

for Trucks.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 210: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 210

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1154F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training

2015 (Model Series 93x) • Fly

Course Number T1154F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

Contents Information on current content will be sent to the diagnosis technician in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0014F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 211: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 211

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1207F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training

2016 (Model Series 96x) • Fly

Course Number T1207F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Integrate the course contents into his/her professional activities

> Perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle

using a customer-friendly approach

> Determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or

whether it is actually a feature of normal system operation

> Apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure

> Recognize and properly process complaints involving more than one system

> Create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved

> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined

topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer's

specifications

Contents > New features and modifications on the Actros model series 963

> Diagnosis on the HAD system (hydraulic auxiliary drive)

> Changes to the telematics platform 5 (TP5)

> Gaseous fuel engine innovations (Econic)

> Sharing experience about current truck topics

Information on current content will be sent to the Diagnosis Technician in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 212: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 212

Chapter Technical Training

Department Diagnosis Engineering

Title T1038F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training •

Fly

Course Number T1038F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint

> develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint

> make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)

Contents > New features and modifications for the current model series

Information on current content will be sent to the diagnostic technician in a personal

invitation letter.

Mandatory prerequisite T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series

963 • Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note One of the two tests is a prerequisite for participation in the further training course for

diagnostic technicians.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 213: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 213

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0890E • Passenger Cars • System Technician • Knowledge Check • Go

Course Number T0890E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas

> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test in the areas of:

> General technical knowledge in comprehensive competence areas, such as

- Diagnostic competence, on-board electrical systems and bus systems

- Drive systems, suspension and drive assistance systems, comfort and safety

systems, as well as telecommunications systems

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Page 214: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 214

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1423F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualifica-

tion for Newcomers • Go

Course Number T1423F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician, Bodywork Specialist , Bodywork Technician , System Technician ,

Service24h Technician , Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> State the safety rules that must be followed before working on the B-Class Electric

Drive model series 242 EV and the C-Class Hybrid model series 205

> Describe the display concepts of the B-Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and C-

Class Hybrid model series 205

> Regarding the high-voltage components, their installation locations and functions in

the B-Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and the C-Class Hybrid model series 205,

the participant can

- Name the above

- Remove voltage

- Verify no voltage is present

- Start up the system

> State special considerations in the workshop process, service and diagnosis of the B-

Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and the C-Class Hybrid model series 205

Contents > Design and function of the drive train components

> Control and display concept

> Maintenance and repair work

> Disabling and initially starting the high voltage system

> Drivetrain cooling and pre-entry climate control

> Charging the high-voltage battery

Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for

Motor Vehicles • Go

T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor

Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go

T0969E • Passenger Cars • Market Launch • B-Class electric drive Model Series 242 •

e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The training course is considered an equivalent for the following market launch training

courses:

T0336F Cars • S-Class (W221) HYBRID Drive • Go

T0752F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class HYBRID (W/V222) • Go

T0974F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class Plug-In Hybrid Model Series 222 • Go

T1077F Cars • Overall Vehicle • E-Class HYBRID Model Series 212 with OM651 (ECE) •

Go

Page 215: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016

215

T0495F Cars • Market Launch E-Class HYBRID (W212) with M276 (USA) • Go

T0970F Cars • Market Launch • B-Class electric drive Model Series 242 • Go

T0959F Cars • Market Launch • C-Class HYBRID Model Series 205 with Mercedes

connect me • Go

T0840F/T0480F smart • smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 216: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 216

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1192F • Passenger Cars • Alternative Drives • Manual Power Disable of the HV On-

Board Electrical System and New HV Tests • Fly

Course Number T1192F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the qualification concept for the manual power disable

> Describe and perform the manual power disable procedure for a high-voltage on-board

electrical system

> State the faults/errors that can lead to faulty insulation resistance

> Perform an insulation resistance measurement on the vehicle and the NAT2 model

designation 724.2

Contents > Qualification concept for a manual power disable on a high-voltage on-board electrical

system

> Insulation resistance measurements

- on high-voltage vehicle

- on NAT2 model designation 724.2

> Voltage proof test on the NAT2 model designation 724.2

Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for

Motor Vehicles • Go

T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor

Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note When registering for this training course, please note that the participant must have

completed one of the following product training courses in addition to T0001F and

T0103E:

"PESH (S-Class)"

"T0752F • Cars • Market Launch • S-Class HYBRID (W/V222) • Go"

"T0114F • Cars • Market Launch E-Class HYBRID (W212) with OM651 (ECE) • Go"

"T0480F • smart • Market Launch smart fortwo electric drive • Go" or "T0840F • smart

• smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go"

"T0974F • Cars • Market Launch • S-Class Plug-In Hybrid Model Series 222 • Go"

"T0959F • Cars • Market Launch • C-Class HYBRID Model Series 205 with Mercedes

connect me • Go"

"T1077F • Cars • Overall Vehicle • E-Class HYBRID Model Series 212 with OM651

(ECE) • Go

"T1288F • Cars • Market Launch • C-Class PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 205 • Go"

"T1289F • Cars • Market Launch • GLC PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 253 • Go"

"T1290F • Cars • Market Launch • GLE PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 166 • Go"

"T1423F • Cars, smart • Electrical Systems • High-Voltage Product Qualification for

Newcomers • Go"

Page 217: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016

217

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 218: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 218

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1252Q • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technician • Run

Course Number T1252Q-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant will qualify as a Fuso Technician. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1252P-AA • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technician •

Competency Analysis

> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

> T1247F-AA • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF • Welcome to Canter World • Go

> T0780F-AA • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF BR 468 • Go

> T0433F-AA • FUSO • Electric • Canter TF • On-board electrical system, system

networking, retrofitting • Run

> T0768F-AA • FUSO • Diesel Engines • Engine Model Series 4P10, Euro 5/6 from

Facelift TF1 • Run

> T1039F-AA • FUSO • Transmissions • Repair of DUONIC® transmission and system

diagnoses • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 13,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 219: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 219

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1247F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF • Welcome to Canter World • Go

Course Number T1247F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Convincingly approach customers and describe product advantages

> Persuasively explain his/her motivation for working on the Fuso Canter

> Understand the role of the FUSO brand within the Daimler Group

> Name the production and development sites for the Canter

> State information sources and describe key content

- Use the European After-Sales Portal

- Describe the procedure for identifying replacement parts

Contents > Motivation

> General brand and product information

> Use of information sources and service literature

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 220: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 220

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0780F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF BR 468 • Go

Course Number T0780F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives After the training course, the participant can

> Understand the role of the FUSO brand within the Daimler Group

> Name the production and development sites for the Canter

> Identify the Canter and distinguish between different models

> Locate important components for vehicle operation on the vehicle

> State information sources and describe key content

> Use the European After-Sales Portal

> Describe the procedure for identifying replacement parts

> Efficiently apply workshop literature

> Explain the qualifications required to work on the Canter Eco HYBRID

> Perform maintenance work on the Canter and reset corresponding control units in

conjunction with maintenance operations

> Teach in the DUONIC® transmission

> Describe the networking of electrical systems in the vehicle

> Use electrical wiring diagrams

> Describe special service-related considerations, e.g. lifting the vehicle, towing, etc.

> Describe the engine and transmission variants

> Identify axle versions based on specific features

> Describe the design of the limited slip-differential and explain special considerations

for service

> Operate the all-wheel drive and explain its design

> Explain the design of the service brake and parking brake

> Identify part numbers for retrofitting

> Efficiently operate the diagnostic system and perform simple diagnoses

Contents > General market and product information

> Working with service literature and information sources

> Handling the vehicle in service

> Special considerations for maintenance and repair work

> Distinguishing features of major assemblies

> Working with the diagnostic system

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed basic training course "T0179F• Trucks, Vans • Star

Diagnosis • Level I • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 221: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 221

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1126F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter Eco • Hybrid High-Voltage Product Qualifi-

cation • Run

Course Number T1126F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Communicate the environmental advantages of using the innovative drive technology

in the Canter Eco Hybrid

> Operate the vehicles and analyze, for example, how customers actually operate them

> Explain the task and mode of operation of individual system components

> Apply the customer support concept for service purposes

> Initiate safety measures for certain types of work on the vehicle

> Perform a power disconnect and startup for the high-voltage system

> Use special tools correctly

> Perform any diagnoses required using Star Diagnosis and Fuso Diagnosis

> Perform practical work on the components of the high-voltage system

Contents > Advantages of using a hybrid drive system in trucks

> System operation

> Task and function of system components

> Function of the system

> Safety when working on the vehicle

> Customer support concept in the service sector

> Practical work

Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for

Motor Vehicles • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note IMPORTANT! Persons with electronic implants (e.g. pacemakers) are not permitted to

work on high-voltage systems. They may not do any practical work on the HV system

during training and are not HV-certified on completion of the course.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 222: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 222

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0768F • FUSO • Diesel Engines • Engine Model Series 4P10, Euro 5/6 from Facelift

TF1 • Run

Course Number T0768F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Identify the components of the fuel injection system

> Explain their design and function

> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations

Contents > Mechanical engine components

> Fuel injection system with injection components and injection function

> Engine electrical system

> Fuel circuit

> Exhaust gas recirculation and SCR technology

> Turbocharging

> Diesel particulate filter and NOx catalytic converter

> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair work

Optional prerequisite The participant has attended the training course "T0780F • FUSO Truck • Canter Model

TF • Go" or has equivalent knowledge. He/she is confident in the operation and handling

of the measuring and diagnostic equipment.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 223: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 223

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1248E • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model

Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go

Course Number T1248E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the innovations in the most important technical systems, components and

major assemblies

> Communicate innovations in a customer-friendly manner

Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and

basic functions of the technical innovations, including:

> Engines

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Gearshift equipment and clutch systems

> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking

> Comfort and passive safety systems

> Telecommunications

> Retrofitting and accessories

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The e-Training serves as preparation for overall vehicle training on the Actros, Antos,

Arocs and Atego Euro VI truck series (model series 963, 964, 967)

Duration 2,5 hours

Page 224: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 224

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1330F • Vans, Trucks • Special Training • Run

Course Number T1330F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can apply knowledge of the latest product, diagnostic and repair

technologies while performing basic maintenance, test and repair work.

Contents > General product technology

> Networking, on-board and other electrical systems

> Components and major assemblies

> General maintenance and repair work

> Fault diagnosis and elimination

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 225: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 225

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go

Course Number T0389F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the components of Star Diagnosis and describe their functions

> Identify a vehicle, perform a quick test and read out and erase the vehicle's fault

memory

> Describe what processes are required to operate Star Diagnosis in an authorized

smart® service operation

> List the components and fields of application of the HMS990

> Operate the HMS990 in conjunction with Star Diagnosis

Contents > Overview of all Star Diagnosis application programs (StarUtilities, DAS, HMS990)

> Identify vehicle in DAS, perform a quick test, erase the fault memory

> Processes related to Star Diagnosis, e.g. licenses, activating, updates, integrating SD

into the dealer's IT network (WLAN)

> TAN generator, basics of online SCN coding

> Measurement Technology (HMS990) hardware and design, fields of application and

use of the HMS990

Optional prerequisite Before the start of the seminar, the "Star Diagnosis" CBT was worked through on your

own.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Note The content of this course corresponds to course "T0177F• Cars • Star Diagnosis •

Level I • Go".

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 226: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 226

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1138F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter BR 906 • Go

Course Number T1138F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the systems in the vehicle and explain their functions

> Perform repair work on the systems according to the manufacturer's instructions

> Perform diagnostic steps required to repair the systems

Contents Procedures for repair work:

> Functions of the systems

- Drivetrain

- Comfort

- Drive authorization

- Safety

- Telecommunications

> Operation of these systems

> Maintenance and repair

> Diagnosis

> Special considerations for service

Mandatory prerequisite T0785E • Vans • Sprinter Facelift • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 227: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 227

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0980F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter Model Series 909 • Go

Course Number T0980F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Operate the systems in the vehicle and explain their functions

> Perform repair work on the systems according to the manufacturer's instructions

> Perform diagnostic steps required to repair the systems

Contents Procedures for repair work:

> Functions of the systems

- Drivetrain

- Comfort

- Drive authorization

- Safety

- Telecommunications

> Operation of these systems

> Maintenance and repair

> Diagnosis

> Special considerations for service

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 228: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 228

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0426E • Vans • Citan • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0426E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> State the innovations

- Describe the most important technical systems, components and major assemblies

- Communicate in a customer-oriented fashion

Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and

basic functions of the technical innovations, including:

> Engines

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Gearshift equipment and clutch systems

> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking

> Comfort and passive safety systems

> Telecommunications

> Retrofitting and accessories

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note This e-Training is preparation for the training course on the "Citan".

Duration 1,5 hours

Page 229: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 229

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1271F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 447 V-Class and Vito

• Run

Course Number T1271F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the installation location and the electrical connection of the PSM on the

vehicle

> Parameterize the special module as specified by the customer order, under

consideration of safety-relevant aspects

Contents > Design and function of the parameterizable special module (PSM)

> Standard coding, e.g. engine run-on

> Planning and implementation of freely selectable parameters

> Combined parameterization from logic functions such as the timer, counter, threshold

switch, and hysteresis blocks

> Notes on product liability and safety

Optional prerequisite The participant is conversant with the operation and handling of the measuring and

diagnosis equipment.

Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run

T0254F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Vito and Viano BR 639,

Sprinter BR 906 • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 230: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 230

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1039F • FUSO • Transmissions • Repair of DUONIC® transmission and system diag-

noses • Run

Course Number T1039F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Disassemble and reassemble the DUONIC® transmission

> Explain the function of the double clutch

> Inspect components and determine necessary repair scopes

> Perform necessary test and adjustment operations

> Diagnose systems and find errors

Contents > Design of DUONIC® transmission

> Design and function of the double clutch

> Disassembly and assembly of the DUONIC® transmission

> Testing and adjustment work with the help of special tools and current service

literature

> Using the diagnostic device

Optional prerequisite The participant has taken part in the training session "T0780F • FUSO Truck • Canter

Model TF • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 231: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 231

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T0433F • FUSO • Electric • Canter TF • On-board electrical system, system network-

ing, retrofitting • Run

Course Number T0433F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Name the service portal options

> Describe the design of the on-board electrical system

> Assign specific performance data to the SSAM inputs and outputs.

> Perform parameterization on control units

> Recognize errors in the vehicle with the aid of a diagnostic unit

> Operate the menus in the instrument cluster

> Describe the way the immobilizer works

> Teach in keys

> Operate the air conditioning system and locate the components of the air conditioning

system

> Perform retrofitting (power take-off and trailer socket)

> Apply information media and materials

Contents > Design of the on-board electrical system

> Networking of the electrical systems

> Retrofitting work on the electrical part of

- power take-off and

- trailer socket

> Practical jobs and troubleshooting with the diagnostic unit

> Functions and display concept for the new instrument

> Modifications to the immobilizer (immobilizer system)

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 232: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 232

Chapter Technical Training

Department Overall Vehicle

Title T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly

Course Number T1386F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, Diagnosis Technician , Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Argue in a customer-oriented fashion

> Perform diagnostic work on the systems

> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure

applicable to all model series with regard to:

> Communication, spirit and emotion of AMG

> Diagnosis strategy in consideration of AMG

> Carrying out testing and diagnostic work

- on the drivetrain (engine and transmission)

- on the chassis and brakes

- on the comfort and modular systems

> Analysis and elimination of failures

> Drawing up offers to include specific AMG aspects

> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop test

equipment (special tools), AMG workshop systems

> Exchange of views on current key topics

Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note This training is part of the AMG Service Performance Initiative.

The participant can provide evidence of having successfully completed the AMG training

course provided by Global Training.

The participant will bring a case study to the training. The following documentation will

be required:

Repair order, diagnostic documentation and, where applicable, TIPS documents. The

case study may already be completed or still in progress.

Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code Z0024F will also

be accepted.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 233: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 233

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor

Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0103E-AA

Target group System Technician, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can

> Discuss the details of hybrid concepts and electric vehicles at Daimler AG

> Figure out the requirements and effects for his/her service duties

> Describe the first measures to take when working on hybrid and electric vehicles

Contents Procedure on basic operations for hybrid and electric vehicles:

> Comparison of the main hybrid and electric concepts at Daimler AG

> Overview of the high-voltage components in the vehicle

> Safety information: Effects of electricity on the human body

> Repair operations and their effects on hybrid and electric vehicles

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This e-Training is the preparation for the high-voltage qualification for motor vehicles with

high-voltage systems.

Duration 1,5 hours

Page 234: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 234

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for

Motor Vehicles • Go

Course Number T0001F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant:

> Can sensibly and safely work on high-voltage systems in accordance with German

trade association ordinance BGV A3 and VDE 0105/ECE R105

> Is familiar with the high-voltage concepts and the technical background of the high-

voltage components

> Can explain the professional responsibility and the legal background

> Can describe the power disconnect procedure

> Is familiar with the required safety precautions to protect against electric shock and

arc faults

> Is familiar with the necessary first aid measures

Contents > Laws and regulations related to work on high-voltage motor vehicles

> Safety information

> Effects of electricity on the human body

> High-voltage sections and high-voltage safety precautions

> Procedure for working on high-voltage vehicles

> First aid measures, rescue chain

Mandatory prerequisite T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor

Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 70%, Practice30%

Note The following prerequisites are defined by the Trade Association for qualification as a

"Specialist for intrinsically safe high-voltage series production vehicles":

- Automotive mechanic, electrician, mechatronics engineer (with start of vocational

training after 1973)

- Automotive foreperson ("master") for mechanical, electrical, mechatronic systems

(master's examination taken after 1973)

- Automotive service technician with certification received after 1973

- Graduate engineer, bachelor's degree, master's degree, or state-certified technician for

electrical engineering

- Automotive body mechanic, vehicle construction mechanic (with start of vocational

training after 2002)

- Automotive body mechanic foreperson, vehicle construction mechanic foreperson (with

master's examination taken after 2002)

IMPORTANT! Persons with electronic implants (e.g. pacemakers) are not permitted to

work on high-voltage systems. They may not do any practical work on the HV system

during training and are not HV-certified on completion of the course.

Page 235: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016

235

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 236: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 236

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1041E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain

System Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1041E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Theoretical test in the areas of:

> Engine

> Transmission

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System

Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 237: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 237

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1033Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain

System Technician

Course Number T1033Q-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants qualify as Drivetrain System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1033P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •

Drivetrain System Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0841E-AA • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 •

e-Training • Go

> T0873E-AA • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-

Training • Go

> T0874E-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run

> T0081E-AA • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go

> T1003F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274,

M276 and M278 • Diagnosis • Fly

> T1004F-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651

and OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly

> T1005F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair •

Run

> T1006F-AA • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive •

Diagnosis and Repair • Run

> T1085E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •

Drivetrain System Technician • Final Test • Fly

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 13,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 238: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 238

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1085E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain

System Technician • Final Test • Fly

Course Number T1085E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> Gasoline and diesel engines

> Automatic and manual transmission

> All-wheel drive systems

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System

Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 239: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 239

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly

Course Number T1386F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, Diagnosis Technician , Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:

> Argue in a customer-oriented fashion

> Perform diagnostic work on the systems

> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure

applicable to all model series with regard to:

> Communication, spirit and emotion of AMG

> Diagnosis strategy in consideration of AMG

> Carrying out testing and diagnostic work

- on the drivetrain (engine and transmission)

- on the chassis and brakes

- on the comfort and modular systems

> Analysis and elimination of failures

> Drawing up offers to include specific AMG aspects

> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop test

equipment (special tools), AMG workshop systems

> Exchange of views on current key topics

Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note This training is part of the AMG Service Performance Initiative.

The participant can provide evidence of having successfully completed the AMG training

course provided by Global Training.

The participant will bring a case study to the training. The following documentation will

be required:

Repair order, diagnostic documentation and, where applicable, TIPS documents. The

case study may already be completed or still in progress.

Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code Z0024F will also

be accepted.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 240: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 240

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0081E • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0081E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant:

> Is familiar with the design of the OM 651 and OM 642, and with the basic function of

the systems and their components

> Can verify his/her knowledge by passing the e-Initial Test

Contents Basic and system knowledge regarding the design and function of:

> Mechanical engine components and engine control system

> Oil circuit

> Thermal management

> Fuel high and low-pressure systems

> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems

> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment

> Peripheral systems, e.g. air ducting including charging

> e-Final Test with questions on the e-content

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The current level of knowledge can be checked with the CBT programs "Common Rail

Direct Injection" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4730 00, 1290 4731 00, 1290 4765 00).

Duration 2,3 hours

Page 241: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 241

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0874E • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run

Course Number T0874E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design, the function and the peripherals of the OM607 engine

> Name the fundamental differences to other engines

> Explain the function of the peripheral systems

> Name the service-relevant work procedures

Contents Design and function of the OM607 engine

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The questions in the final test for the e-Training serve to check the knowledge gained

during the course.

The e-Training was a mandatory BER course in 2012, with the training code T0493E.

Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code T0493E will also

be recognized in subsequent years.

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 242: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 242

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1106F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM626 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1106F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

> Carry out diagnostic operations

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents The contents encompass practical and group work on design and function

> Mechanical engine components

> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems

> Networking of the control units and on-board diagnosis

> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment

> Testing of injection systems and peripheral systems

> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment

> Diagnostic work with effects and remedies

> Key engine features compared to other diesel engines

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 243: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 243

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1004F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651 and

OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly

Course Number T1004F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Professionally accept a workshop order and check its contents regarding the

complaint

> Create checklists to document and properly work through the individual

steps/complaints

> Carry out difficult and complex diagnoses using the latest diagnostic tools

> Carry out a structured diagnosis

> Independently carry out complex, technically correct repair work using all work aids

> Carry out an independent final check of his/her repair work to ensure overall success

Contents Practical and group work on:

> Strategic approaches applying the five-level model for diagnosis, with emphasis on

OM607, OM651 and OM642

> Complex testing and diagnostic work on the engine system

> Multi-system diagnosis

> Effects of faults and their diagnosis, analysis and proper repair

> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test

equipment (special tools)

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 244: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 244

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1005F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1005F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

> Carry out diagnostic operations

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents Practical and group work focusing on gasoline and diesel engines with regard to the

design and function of:

> Mechanical engine components

> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems

> Control unit networking

> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment

> Fuel, injection and ignition system, e.g. air ducting, fuel high- and low-pressure system

> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment

> Diagnostic work with effects and remedies

Mandatory prerequisite T0081E • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go

T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-

Training • Go

T0873E • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-Training

• Go

T0874E • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 245: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 245

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1080F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Innovations • Fly

Course Number T1080F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Develop a structured approach based on the presented customer complaints

> Work with the group to find solutions and use the opportunity to effectively broaden

specific diagnostic skills

> State the new features and modifications in gasoline and diesel engines.

Contents The contents encompass practical and group work:

> Consolidation of the knowledge obtained in the previous engine training courses

> Analysis of current complaints on gasoline and diesel engines

> Problem and case discussions plus development of solution strategies

> New features and modifications in gasoline and diesel engines.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or is a Certified Diagnostic

Technician.

The following items must be brought to the training course:

At least two real cases of engine complaints (solved or unsolved) from daily workshop

work.

The case documentation should include at least:

- Repair order with vehicle data and customer complaint

- Vehicle history (vehicle file, VEGA, etc.)

- Initial quick test log and fault freeze frame data

- Initial evaluation of the workshop (customer interview)

- Test steps performed, with test results

- Image and sound documents as files (optional)

Please also bring a keychain of your choice.

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 246: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 246

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-

Training • Go

Course Number T0841E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants are familiar with:

> The mechanical design of the engines and the peripherals

> The most important differences compared with the previous V engines M272 and

M273

> The manner in which the peripheral systems function

Contents Basic and system knowledge regarding

> Mechanical design of engines and peripherals

> Fuel system (high and low-pressure)

> Mixture formation

> Ignition system

> Combustion system

> Chain drive

> Exhaust systems

> Engine control unit

> M278 turbocharger

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Successful completion of the e-Training (PMNBM/T0082E) will also be recognized.

Participants can test their level of knowledge using the CBT programs "Engine Control

System" (order no. 1290 4012 02, 1290 4013 02), "Direct Injection" (1290 4038 02) and

"V Gasoline Engines - Part 2" (1290 4063 02).

Duration 2,3 hours

Page 247: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 247

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0873E • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-Training

• Go

Course Number T0873E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design, the function and the peripheral equipment on engines M270 and

M274

> Name the fundamental differences to previous engines

> Explain the manner in which the peripheral systems function

> Name the service-relevant work procedures

Contents Design and Function of Engines M270 and M274.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 248: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 248

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0351F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M156 and M159 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly

Course Number T0351F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Perform diagnostic work on the systems

> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure with

regard to:

> Performing tests and diagnostic work on the current AMG M156 and M159 engines

with the ME-SFI gasoline injection and ignition systems

> Analyzing and remedying the effects of faults in gasoline, injection and ignition

systems and in peripheral systems

> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test

equipment (special tools)

> Current key topics

> New features/modifications in the AMG SLS

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or Diagnostic Technician.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 249: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 249

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1003F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274, M276

and M278 • Diagnosis • Fly

Course Number T1003F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:

> Take over a workshop order and check its contents with regard to the complaint

> Create checklists for documentation and proper processing of the individual work

steps/complaints

> Perform difficult and complex diagnoses using the latest diagnostic tools

> Perform a structured diagnosis

> Independently perform complex, correct repairs using all aids

> Independently perform a final check of the repair, thus assuring overall success

Contents Practical and group work on

> Strategic procedures in accordance with the five-level model for diagnosis, with a

focus on M270/M274 and M276/M278

> Complex test and diagnosis work on the engine system

> Cross-system diagnosis

> Effects of faults as well as their diagnosis, analysis and professional repair

> Targeted use of service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test

equipment (special tools)

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 250: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 250

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1071F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M177, M178, C63 and C43 • Diagnosis and Re-

pair • Fly

Course Number T1071F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:

> Operate the main new systems in the vehicles and explain how they work

> Perform diagnostic work on the systems

> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools

> Initiate the necessary remedial measures

> Perform a professional repair

Contents > Introduction to the AMG C63 and C43:

- Exterior

- Interior

- Suspension

- Brakes

- Engine

> Performing tests and diagnostic work on AMG engines M177 and M178 with the ME-

SFI gasoline injection and ignition system

> Analyzing and remedying the effects of faults in gasoline injection and ignition systems

and in peripheral systems

> Targeted use of service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop test

equipment (special tools)

> Current key topics

> New features/modifications compared to previous engines

Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 251: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 251

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0489F • AMG • Gasoline Engines and Automatic Transmissions • M152, M157, M279

and 722.9 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly

Course Number T0489F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Perform diagnostic work on the systems

> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure with

regard to:

> Performing testing and diagnostic work on the current AMG engines with the ME-SFI

gasoline injection and ignition systems

> Analyzing and remedying the effects of faults in gasoline injection and ignition systems

and in peripheral systems

> Performing tests and diagnoses on the current 722.9 transmission

> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test

equipment (special tools)

> Current key topics

Mandatory prerequisite T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-

Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or Diagnostic Technician.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 252: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 252

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0773F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M133 • Run

Course Number T0773F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

> Carry out diagnostic operations

> Initiate required remedial actions

> Carry out professional repairs

Contents Practical and group work on the topics:

> Mechanical design of engines and peripherals

> Fuel system (high and low-pressure)

> Mixture formation

> ME-SFI gasoline injection and ignition system

> Combustion system

> Chain drive

> Exhaust concept and exhaust treatment

> Ignition system

> Air ducting

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 253: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 253

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0976F • Passenger Cars • Gaseous Fuel Engines • M270 CNG • Run

Course Number T0976F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the location, design and functions of the natural gas system components

> Shut down the gas system for repairs and put it back into service

> Perform the leak test on a natural gas system and interpret the results

> Perform fundamental diagnoses on natural gas systems

> Perform test work and initiate corresponding remedial actions

Contents > Location, design and function of the various natural gas system components

> Exchange of experience on gas-powered Mercedes-Benz vehicles

> Diagnosis of natural gas systems, including testing operations, shutting down and

putting back into service

> Leak test

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant must present a certificate that verifies the qualification/competence

required by Sec. 2 Para. 7 of the German Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health

(BetrSichV), the accident prevention regulations (UVV) and the work safety regulations.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 254: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 254

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0078E • AMG • Powertrain C197 • Dual Clutch Transmission • e-Training • Run

Course Number T0078E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of the dual clutch transmission

> Understand how shift operations work

> Name the hydraulic power shift and oil circuit

> Name the electronic components

Contents > Design of the dual clutch transmission

> Mechanical and hydraulic shift operations

> Electronic components

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code EL 5049 will also

be recognized. Participants can test their knowledge using the CBT program "Dual Clutch

Transmission".

Duration 1,5 hours

Page 255: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 255

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0888E • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • e-Training •

Run

Course Number T0888E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of the 9-speed automatic transmission 724.0

> Understand how shift operations work

> Name the hydraulic power shift and oil circuit

> Name the electronic components

> Name the service-relevant work procedures

Contents > Design and function of the 9-speed automatic transmission (725.0)

> Mechanical and hydraulic shift operations

> Electronic components

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The questions in the final test for the e-Training serve to check the knowledge gained

during the course.

Duration 1,5 hours

Page 256: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 256

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1036F • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • Diagnosis and

Repair • Run

Course Number T1036F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the functions of the automatic transmission

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work

> Determine the wear of components and define their usability

> Flash the control units

> Describe the main innovations on the transmission

> State the differences compared to the 7-speed automatic transmission

Contents > Design and function of the 9-speed automatic transmission (725.0)

> System diagnosis and repair

> Test, adjustment and repair work

> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment

> Flashing the control unit

Mandatory prerequisite T0888E • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • e-Training •

Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can test their level of knowledge using the CBTs on "Fundamentals of New

Automatic Transmissions – Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4744 02, 1290 4745 02, 1290

4752 02).

The training concludes with a final test.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 257: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 257

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1006F • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive • Diagnosis

and Repair • Run

Course Number T1006F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the functions of the automatic transmissions and all-wheel drive systems

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work

> Determine the wear of components and define their usability

> Flash the control unit and perform SCN coding

> Assess adaptation values

Contents > Design and function of automatic transmissions and all-wheel drive systems

> System diagnosis and repair

> Test, adjustment and repair work

> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment

> Relationships between the transfer case, differential and 4-ESP subsystems

> Flash the control unit

> SCN coding

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can test their level of knowledge using the following CBTs:

Automatic Transmissions: "Fundamentals of New Automatic Transmissions - Parts 1-3"

(order no. 1290 4744 00, 1290 4745 00, 1290 4752 00).

All-Wheel Drive: "Drive System Technology" Parts 1-4 (order no. 1290 4721, 1290 4008,

1290 4009, 1290 4016) and "Dynamic Handling Control Systems for Passenger Cars and

Commercial Vehicles" Part 1-3 (1290 4023, 12904310, 1290 4726).

The training concludes with a final test.

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 258: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 258

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1107F • AMG • Automatic Transmission • 700.4 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1107F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the functions of the transmission

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work

> Determine the wear of components and define their usability

Contents > Design and function of the dual clutch transmission (700.4)

> System diagnosis and repair

> Test, adjustment and repair work

> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment

Mandatory prerequisite T0078E • AMG • Powertrain C197 • Dual Clutch Transmission • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 259: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 259

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0834E • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmission • (724.0) 7-GDCT - e-Training •

Run

Course Number T0834E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:

> Describe the design of the 724.0 automatic transmission

> Understand the function of the shift operations

> Name the hydraulic power shift and oil circuit

> Name the electronic components

> Name the service-relevant scopes

Contents > Design and function of the automatic transmission (724.0)

> Mechanical and hydraulic shift operations

> Electronic components

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note It was necessary to change the training code of the former e-Training (T0100E) to the

new training code for this e-Training for technical reasons. The content of both e-

Trainings is identical and unchanged.

The questions in the final test for the e-Training serve to check the knowledge gained

during the course.

Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT program "Dual Clutch

Transmissions" (order number 1290 4073).

Duration 1,5 hours

Page 260: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 260

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0491F • Passenger Cars • Automatic transmission (724.0-7G-DCT) • Diagnosis and

repair • Run

Course Number T0491F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:

> Describe the functions of the automatic front-end transmission

> Carry out testing, adjustment and repair work

> Determine the degree of wear for components and their usability

> Flash the control unit and carry out SCN coding

Contents > Design and function of the automatic transmission (724.0)

> System diagnosis and repair

> Testing, adjustment and repair work

> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, reassembling and adjusting

> Flashing the control unit

> SCN coding

Mandatory prerequisite T0834E • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmission • (724.0) 7-GDCT - e-Training •

Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The successful completion of the e-training "T0100E • Cars • Automatic Transmission

(724.0) of the New B-Class Model Series 246 • e-Training • Run" is also recognized as a

mandatory prerequisite for this training course.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 261: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 261

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0347F • Passenger Cars • Automatic and Manual Transmission • Innovations • Fly

Course Number T0347F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe innovations/changes in transmission area

> Name current complaints and remedies

> Perform diagnostic steps

Contents > Innovations/changes to transmission

> Assessment of shift quality in 9-speed automatic transmission in combination with

Star Diagnosis (725.0)

> Diagnosis of transmissions

> Oil level check in combination with ultrasonic measuring device

> Design/function and repair of transfer case CTC50 for 9-speed automatic

transmission

> Repair of HYBRID transmission PLUG-IN 80 kw

> Scope of changes to dual-clutch transmission (700.4)

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 262: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 262

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0039E • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • e-Test • Run

Course Number T0039E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:

> Check their current knowledge level

> Effectively prepare for the face-to-face training course "T0346F • Cars • Manual

Transmissions • Diagnosis, Repair • Run"

> Demonstrate their knowledge by completing the e-test

Contents e-Test on the base functions of a manual transmission.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT programs "Automated Manual

Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order no. 1290 4732, 1290 4733).

Duration 0 hours

Page 263: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 263

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1001F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1001F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the functions of manual transmissions

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work with system diagnosis

> Determine the wear of components and define their usability

> Perform diagnosis work on the transmission

Contents > Design and function of the rear/front-wheel drive manual transmission

> Design and function of the dual clutch transmission

> Disassembling the manual transmission, determining condition, assembly and

adjustment

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The current level of knowledge can be checked with the CBT programs "Automated

Manual Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order No. 1290 4732, 1290 4733) and "Dual Clutch

Transmission" (order No. 1290 4073).

The training concludes with a final test.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 264: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 264

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0782F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis, Repair • Run

Course Number T0782F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants can

> describe the functions of the manual transmissions

> carry out testing, adjustment and repair work with a system diagnosis

> determine the degree of wear for components and their usability

> perform diagnostic work on the transmission

> adjust the shift cables

Contents > Disassemble the rear manual transmissions (NMT 400 and NMT 510), establish

findings, assemble the transmission and adjust

> Design and function of manual transmissions

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT programs "Automated Manual

Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order no. 1290 4732, 1290 4733).

The training concludes with a final test.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 265: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 265

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0840F • smart • smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go

Course Number T0840F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can

> Name the differences between the smart fortwo electric drive and conventional

drivetrains

> Describe the function of the control and display concept

> Describe the basic functions of the drivetrain components

> Remove voltage from the smart fortwo electric drive

> Describe the scopes of maintenance operations

Contents > Design and function of the smart fortwo electric drive drivetrain

> Control and display concept

> Maintenance and repair work as well as initial diagnostic steps

> Removing voltage from the vehicle

> Presentation of special tools for the smart fortwo electric drive

Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for

Motor Vehicles • Go

T0481E • smart • Market Launch • smart fortwo electric drive • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 266: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 266

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1320F • smart • Engines and Transmissions • Drivetrain • BR 453 • Run

Course Number T1320F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> indicate system relationships using automatic logic diagrams

> perform diagnosis on the traction management system and carry out corrective

actions

> define test procedures according to the connected systems

> test sensors and actuators with multimeter and oscilloscope

Contents > Gasoline injection system

> Clutch and transmission control

> Diagnosis of engine, transmission and clutch management

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note .

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 267: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 267

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0182F • Vans • Automatic Transmission • Sprinter BR 906, Vito and Viano BR 639 •

Run

Course Number T0182F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Identify the components of the automatic transmissions

> Explain the operation, design and function of the automatic transmissions

> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations

Contents > Operation of NAT1 and NAT2 automatic transmissions

> Design and function of the automatic transmissions

> Fault diagnosis and elimination of faults on the vehicle using the latest diagnostic

systems

> Disassembly of the automatic transmissions

> Interaction of the transmissions with other systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has completed basic training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Star

Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and basic training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for

Workshop Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 268: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 268

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0184F • Vans • Manual Transmissions TSG 360, TSG 480 and Axle Drive BM 741 •

Run

Course Number T0184F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Disassemble and assemble the transmissions and the rear axle

> Inspect components and determine necessary repair scopes

> Perform necessary test and adjustment operations

Contents > Design of transmissions TSG 360, TSG 480, GK5, GK6

> Disassembly and assembly of transmissions and rear axle BM 741

> Fault diagnosis

> Testing and adjustment work with the aid of special tools and current service literature

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed basic training course "X0164F • WIS/ASRA for Parts

Specialists • Module 2.1 • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 269: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 269

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0270F • Vans • Sprinter • Natural Gas Technology (NGT) and Liquefied Gas Technolo-

gy (LGT) • Run

Course Number T0270F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can

> Describe the design of the new 4-cylinder gasoline engine (M271) in the NGT and LGT

Sprinters

> Describe the design of the gas system and its special features

> Describe the different functions of the engine technology and gas system used in the

NGT and LGT Sprinters

> Perform diagnosis, test and repair work

Contents > Vehicle operation

> Special features/differences from the conventional type of drives

> Mechanical engine components

> Installation location of engine management and gas system components

> Design and function of engine management and the gas system

> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair work on the engine and gas system

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has completed basic training course "T0290F • Passenger Cars, Trucks,

Vans • Gaseous Fuel Vehicles • Certificate of Competence • Go" or has an equivalent

"Certification for Vehicles with Gas Drives". The corresponding certificate must be

brought along to the training course. Participation is only possible if the certificate of

competence is available at the beginning of the training course. The certificate cannot be

submitted afterwards!

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 270: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 270

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1048F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter BR 906 Facelift • Run

Course Number T1048F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Identify the components of the ignition and injection system

> Explain the design and function of the current gasoline engines

> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations

> Name the special features of mechanical engine components

Contents > Mechanical engine components

> Ignition and injection system

> Fuel circuit

> Air intake

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair instructions

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 271: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 271

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1056F • Vans • Diesel Engines • OM607, OM651, OM642 • Run

Course Number T1056F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the main differences in the mechanical engine components on individual

engines

> Explain the design and basic function of a CDI system

> Describe differences between CDI systems

> Describe the current design and function of the air intake, charging, exhaust gas

recirculation and exhaust aftertreatment

> Use DAS/XENTRY

Contents > Special features of the mechanical engine components

> Injection systems

> Fuel circuit

> Charging

> Exhaust aftertreatment, diesel particulate filter

> Air intake, exhaust gas recirculation

> Testing and diagnostic work

> Interaction of the injection system with the peripheral systems

Optional prerequisite Prior to the course, we recommend completing these CBT online programs: "T0645E

(W4766) • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Common Rail Direct Injection • Part 4

• e-Test • Go", "T0578E (W4067) • Passenger Cars • CBT • New 4-Cylinder Diesel

Engine OM651 • e-Test • Go".

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 272: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 272

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1067F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Manual Transmissions • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter

BR 906 • Modifications and New Features • Run

Course Number T1067F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the main features of mechanical engine and transmission components

> Explain the design and basic function of the CDI system

> Describe the design and function of the air intake, charging, exhaust gas recirculation

and exhaust aftertreatment for the uprated OM607 engine

> Describe the integration of the exhaust aftertreatment systems in the networking

scheme

> Describe the design and function of the exhaust aftertreatment systems (EGR) and

SCR (selective catalytic reduction) for the Sprinter

> Describe the sensors and actuators used by the exhaust aftertreatment systems as

well as the NOx monitoring function

> Perform diagnosis, testing and adjustment operations

Contents This training course focuses on modifications/new features for the OM607, the new

Citan 6-speed manual transmission (GK6) as well as Sprinter SCR technology (Euro 6).

Details:

> Special considerations for mechanical engine and transmission components

> Injection system, fuel circuit and charging

> Air intake and exhaust gas recirculation

> Interaction of the injection system with peripheral systems

> Design and function of the exhaust aftertreatment system (AGR) and selective

catalytic reduction (SCR) in combination with Sprinter engine management (BR 906)

> Effects of engine management malfunctions on the exhaust aftertreatment system and

NOx monitoring

> Testing, diagnostic and adjustment operations on the engine, transmission and SCR

technology

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 273: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 273

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1270F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Transmissions • Model Series 447 Engine OM622

and Manual Transmission FSG350 • Run

Course Number T1270F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the main features of mechanical engine and transmission components

> Describe the design and function of the air intake, engine charging, exhaust gas

recirculation and exhaust aftertreatment

> Generate a targeted transmission diagnosis

Contents > Special considerations for mechanical engine and transmission components

> Injection system OM622

<1< Fuel circuit

> Engine charging

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Air intake and exhaust gas recirculation

> Testing and repair operations on the engine and transmission

> Testing and adjustment operations on the engine and transmission

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 274: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 274

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0756F • Vans • Drivetrain OM607 and Manual Transmission • Citan • Run

Course Number T0756F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the main features of mechanical engine and transmission components

> Explain the design and basic function of the CDI system

> Describe the current design and function of the air intake, charging, exhaust gas

recirculation and exhaust aftertreatment

> Use and evaluate DAS test programs

Contents > Special considerations for mechanical engine and transmission components

> Injection system

> Fuel circuit

> Charging

> Exhaust aftertreatment, diesel particulate filter

> Air intake, exhaust gas recirculation

> Interaction of the injection system with the peripheral systems

> Testing and diagnosis operations on the engine and transmission

> Testing and adjustment operations on the engine and transmission

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •

Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Star Diagnosis • Level II •

Run", "P0019F • MWAS • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go","T0553E • Vans

• City Van • Electrical System • e-Training • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Mandatory prerequisite T0426E • Vans • Citan • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 275: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 275

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1297E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician

• Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1297E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area.

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Transmission management

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Engine management

>1> Parameterization

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification series to become a Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System

Technician.

Duration 0 hours

Page 276: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 276

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1296E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician

• Final Test • Go

Course Number T1296E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Engine management

> Exhaust aftertreatment

> Transmission management

> Parameterization

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification series to become a Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System

Technician.

Duration 0 hours

Page 277: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 277

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0429F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine OM906 LAG • Run

Course Number T0429F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the changes in the mechanical engine components and engine control

system of gaseous fuel engine OM906 LAG compared to diesel engine OM906 LA

> Describe the special considerations with regard to the maintenance of the gaseous

fuel engine OM906 LAG

> Describe the design and function of the gas system in the vehicle

> Perform fault diagnosis and repair work

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

Contents > Mechanical design of the gaseous fuel engine OM906 LAG

> Design and function of the injection system on the engine OM906 LAG

> Functional principle of the gas system in the vehicle

> Diagnosing faults, performing component repairs (injection system, gas system)

> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has the qualifications to work on gas systems "T0290F • Passenger Cars,

Trucks, Vans • Gaseous Fuel Vehicles • Certificate of Competence • Go".

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 278: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 278

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0294F • Trucks • Telligent® Engine Systems • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • Run

Course Number T0294F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the actuation of fan systems for engine cooling, engine brake management,

the turbobrake and the flame starting system

> Perform a test on the air compressor

> Describe the routing of the fuel circuits on model series 900, 457 and 500 and

differentiate between them for diagnostic purposes

> Devise own diagnosis strategies and perform diagnoses based on complaints and

symptoms

> Perform inspection, adjustment and repair work

Contents > Design and function:

- Power take-off control

- Thermal management

- Differences and similarities of the various fuel systems

- SCR exhaust aftertreatment, including NOx regulation

- Enhanced Environmental Vehicle (EEV) information module

> Performing test and adjustment work using the current service aids (DAS, WIS)

- Fault diagnosis based on practical examples

- Air compressor test

> Exchange of experience

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •

Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go",

"T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go" and

"T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Mandatory prerequisite T0086E • Trucks • Telligent® Engine Systems • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • e-

Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 279: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 279

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1254F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations • Run

Course Number T1254F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the application area and the tasks of the parameterizable special module

(PSM)

> Describe the basic design

> Use simple functions described in the workshop literature

> Parameterize simple PTOs on the customer's request in the PSM, SCA and Single SAM

control units

> Perform diagnoses

> Recognize the hazards associated with incorrect parameterization

Contents > Applications for the parameterizable special module (PSM)

> Linking logics in the PSM, Single SAM and SCA

> Inputs and outputs on the PSM

> Basic functions of the PSM

> Use of workshop literature for parameterization

> Practical exercises on simple PTO programming

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 280: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 280

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0256F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Run

Course Number T0256F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the application area and the tasks of the PSM (parameterizable special

module)

> Understand the basic design

> Describe the design and function of the parameterizable special module and its

integration in the on-board electrical system in current truck models

> Use functions described in the workshop literature

> Manage PSM data records

> Parameterize the special module as specified in the customer order and perform

relevant diagnoses

Contents > Application area

> Combinational logics in the PSM

> Inputs and outputs on the PSM

> Functions in the PSM

> Control of complex power take-offs

> Use of workshop literature

> Managing PSM data records

> Practice-oriented parameterization exercises using the service literature

> Performing actual vehicle parameterizations via the PSM

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •

Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go",

"T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go" and

"T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 281: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 281

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0430F • Trucks • Parameterization • Actros Model Series 963 • Run

Course Number T0430F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the application area and the tasks of the parameterizable special module

(PSM)

> Understand the basic design

> Describe the design and function of the parameterizable special module and its

integration in the on-board electrical system in the new truck

> Retrofit the PSM

> Use functions described in the workshop literature

> Manage PSM data records

> Parameterize the PSM as specified by the customer order under consideration of

safety-relevant aspects

> Perform diagnoses

> Recognize the hazards associated with incorrect parameterization

Contents > PSM applications

> Combinational logics in the PSM

> Inputs and outputs on the PSM

> Functions in the PSM

> Control of complex power take-offs

> Use of workshop literature

> Managing PSM data records

> Practice-oriented parameterization exercises using the service literature

> Performing actual vehicle parameterizations via the PSM

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •

Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go",

"T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go" and

"T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 282: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 282

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1250F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Parameterizing Complex Bodies •

Fly

Course Number T1250F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> State the new features/modifications on the PSM

> Describe the PSM design and its functions

> Retrofit the PSM control unit

> Describe and apply the "data record management" function

> Perform complex parameterizations at the customer's request

Contents > Modifications/new features on the parameterizable special module (PSM)

> Functions in the PSM

> Retrofitting the PSM

> Controlling complex PTOs

> Managing PSM data records

> Performing complex vehicle parameterizations via the PSM

Optional prerequisite Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 283: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 283

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0101E • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management BR 471

• e-Training • Go

Course Number T0101E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the basic design of the model series 470 common rail technology

> Name the sensors and actuators used for engine management and describe their

design

> Describe the integration of the engine management system in the networking scheme

> Describe how the thermal management system works

> Describe the function of the exhaust gas recirculation system

> Describe the changes in the SCR system

Contents > Fuel circuit design

> Vehicle networking

> Design and function of actuators and sensors

> Exhaust gas recirculation

> Innovations in the SCR system

> Thermal management

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note This e-Training is a mandatory prerequisite for attending the advanced training course

"T0295F • Trucks • Engine Management BR 471 • The New Actros Long-Distance Truck

• Run".

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 284: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 284

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0754F • Trucks • Engine Management and Exhaust Aftertreatment • OM934, OM936,

OM470, OM471 and OM473 • Run

Course Number T0754F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the basic mechanical design of engines OM934, OM936, OM470, OM471

and OM473

> Describe the mode of operation of

- common rail technology and

- exhaust aftertreatment

> Understand the design and function of the fuel system and common rail system

> Describe the task of the sensors and actuators used by the engine management and

exhaust aftertreatment systems

> Describe the integration of the engine management and exhaust aftertreatment

systems in the networking scheme

> Understand the design and function of the engine management and exhaust

aftertreatment systems

> Independently perform diagnosis on the engine management system including the

exhaust aftertreatment system

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

Contents > Basic mechanical design of engines OM934, OM936, OM470, OM471 and OM473

> Provide a basic description of the design and function of

- engine management and integration in networking

- exhaust aftertreatment

- common rail technology

> Effects of engine management malfunctions on the exhaust aftertreatment systems

and the NOx monitoring system (e.g. torque limitation)

> Diagnosis, test and adjustment work using the current service aids

Mandatory prerequisite T0101E • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management BR 471

• e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 285: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 285

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0753F • Trucks • Diesel Engines • OM936 and OM471 • Repair • Run

Course Number T0753F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can inspect components and use WIS to plan and perform repair scopes

Contents > Mechanical design of the OM936 and OM471 engines

> Partial disassembly of engines

> Current repair work on the components

- Mechanical engine components (crank assembly, valve assembly, etc.)

- Oil circuits

- Fuel circuits

- Exhaust gas recirculation

Optional prerequisite The participant has good basic knowledge of mechanical engine components.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 286: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 286

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1046F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine M 936 G in the Econic •

Run

Course Number T1046F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Explain and carry out the maintenance required for the gaseous fuel engine M 936 G

> Describe the design and function of the gas system in the vehicle

> Perform fault diagnosis and repair work

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

Contents > Mechanical design of the gaseous fuel engine M 936 G

> Design and function of the injection system on the engine M 936 G

> Functional principle of the gas system in the vehicle

> Diagnosing faults, performing component repairs (injection system, gas system)

> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has the qualifications to work on gas systems "T0290F • Passenger Cars,

Trucks, Vans • Gaseous Fuel Vehicles • Certificate of Competence • Go".

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 287: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 287

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0293F • Trucks • Mechanical Engine Components Repair • Model Series 900, 457,

500 • Run

Course Number T0293F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can

> Localize malfunctions in mechanical engine components

> Inspect components and use WIS to plan and understand repair scopes

Contents > Mechanical design of the model series 900, 457 and 500 engines

> Turbobrake function

> Partial disassembly of engines

> Current repair work on the components

- Mechanical engine components (crank assembly, valve assembly, etc.)

- Oil circuits

- Fuel circuits

- Charge air systems and compressor systems

- Electrically controlled water pump

Optional prerequisite The participant has good basic knowledge of mechanical engine components.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using CBTs "Pump-Line-Nozzle" Parts

1-2 (order no. 1290 4307 02 and 1290 4308 02) and "Engine Series 500, 900, 457"

Parts 1-2 (1290 4322 02 and 1290 4323 02).

Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 288: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 288

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0269F • Trucks • Transmission Management • GS, EAS, Mercedes PowerShift • Run

Course Number T0269F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can

> Describe the design and individual functions of the control units for drive control and

gear control

> Describe the design and function of the clutch operating system as used with the

various transmissions and gearshift systems

> Describe the interaction of the transmission and drive control systems

> Describe the similarities and differences between the Telligent® gearshift, Telligent®

automatic gearshift system EAS and Mercedes PowerShift

> Describe and assess exemplary input and output signals on control units and

components of the gearshift systems

> Evaluate actual values and the associated driving situations

> Use DAS to identify and eliminate the effects of mechanical faults on the gearshift

system

> Perform a diagnosis on the transmission management systems

> Perform inspection, adjustment and repair work

Contents > Exchange of experience

> Interaction of subsystems in a networked environment

- Electronic vehicle networking (CAN)

- Telligent® gearshift, Telligent® automatic gearshift system – EAS, Mercedes

PowerShift

> Use the current service aids (DAS, WIS) to test, adjust, parameterize, diagnose and

repair installed gearshift systems

> Base function of turbo clutch

> Fault diagnosis based on practical examples

Mandatory prerequisite T0085E • Trucks • Transmission Management • HPS, GS, AGS • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note To refresh your knowledge, please work through the e-training "T0085E • Trucks •

Transmission Management • HPS, GS, AGS • e-Training • Go" the CBTs " Telligent®

Gearshift System" Part 1-4, "Telligent® Automatic Gearshift System" Part 1-2, "Wiring

Diagrams" Part 1 and 3 and "CAN Fundamentals".

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 289: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 289

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0266F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Range-Change Transmission • Run

Course Number T0266F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Disassemble and assemble the transmissions using the service aids (WIS and special

tools)

> Inspect transmission components and use WIS to plan and implement the necessary

repair scopes

> Carry out testing and adjustment operations

Contents > Mechanical design of the Mercedes-Benz synchromesh range-change transmissions G

131, G 210 - G 260

> Mechanical design of the Mercedes-Benz non-synchromesh range-change

transmissions G 211, G 241, G 280, G 330

> Disassembling/assembling a synchromesh range-change transmission

> Disassembling/assembling a non-synchromesh range-change transmission

> Diagnosing faults, performing component repairs (shift shafts, synchronization, etc.)

> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids

Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the CBTs "Telligent Gearshift - Parts 1-2" and

"Telligent Automatic Gearshift - Parts 1-2" as preliminary training.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note As preliminary training, please complete the CBTs "Telligent® Gearshift", Parts 1-2 (order

no. 1290 4305 02 and 1290 4306 02) and "Telligent® Automatic Gearshift" Parts 1-2

(1290 4320 02 and 1290 4324 02).

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 290: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 290

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0778F • Trucks • Manual Gearshift Systems • The Actros for distribution and con-

struction site transport and the Atego Euro VI standard • Run

Course Number T0778F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the integration of the manual gearshift system in the on-board electrical

system

> Describe the interplay between the manual gearshift system and the drive control

systems

> Describe the design and individual functions of the CPC control unit with a manual

gearshift system

> Describe the design and function of the manual gearshift system with and without

power-assisted gear shifting

> Describe the design and function of the clutch, clutch adjusting mechanism and clutch

operation

> Describe modifications to the transmission

Contents > Integration of the manual gearshift system in the overall networking scheme

> Interplay between the manual gearshift system and the drive control systems

> Design and individual functions of the CPC control unit with a manual gearshift system

> Design and function

- of the manual gearshift system with and without power-assisted gear shifting

- of the clutch, clutch adjusting mechanism and clutch operation

> Fault diagnosis and adjustment operations on the manual gearshift system

components

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 291: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 291

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T0296F • Trucks • Transmission Management with Automated Shift • Actros Model

Series 963 • Run

Course Number T0296F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the integration of the new transmission management system in the

networking scheme

> Describe the design and individual functions of the control units for drive control,

adaptive drive control and gear control

> Describe the design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism

> Describe the design and function of the new automated shifting system

> Describe the interaction of the transmission and drive control systems

> Describe and assess exemplary input and output signals on control units and

components of the gearshift systems

> Evaluate actual values and the associated driving situations

> Use DAS to identify and eliminate the effects of mechanical faults on the gearshift

system

> Perform a diagnosis on the transmission management systems

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work

Contents > Design and individual functions of the control units for drive control, adaptive drive

control and gear control

> Design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism

> Design and function of the new automated shifting system

> Presentation of the G140-8

> Testing, adjustment, parameterization, diagnosis and repair of the new automated

shifting system with the aid of the current service aids (DAS, WIS)

> Fault diagnosis based on practical examples

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 292: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 292

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1049F • Trucks • Transmission • G 140, G 141, G 211 • Repair • Run

Course Number T1049F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Explain the function and design of different detachable parts such as sensors,

transmission positioner and countershaft brakes

> Properly disassemble the main transmission using the correct service aids and set

specified fit sizes during assembly

> Properly disassemble and assemble the main shaft in accordance with regulations and

state special considerations associated with the components

> Inspect transmission components and use WIS to plan and explain the necessary

repair scopes

Contents > Professional disassembly and assembly of synchromesh and non-synchromesh

transmissions with the G 140, G 141, G 211

> Structure and function of the cable shift and transmission positioner

> Inspection of transmission components and definition of necessary repair scopes

> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids in WIS

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 293: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 293

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1221F • Trucks • Transmission • Shifting systems • Run

Course Number T1221F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the integration of the new transmission management system in the

networking scheme

> Describe the design and individual functions of the control units for drive control,

adaptive drive control and gear control

> Describe the design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism

> Describe the design and function of the new shifting systems

> Describe the interaction of the transmission and drive control systems

> Describe and assess exemplary input and output signals on control units and

components of the gearshift systems

> Evaluate actual values and the associated driving situations

> Use DAS to identify and eliminate the effects of mechanical faults on the gearshift

system

> Perform a diagnosis on the transmission management systems

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work

Contents > Design and individual functions of the control units for drive control, adaptive drive

control and gear control

> Design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism

> Design and function of the new automated shifting system

> Testing, adjustment, parameterization, diagnosis and repair of the new automated

shifting system with the aid of the current service aids (DAS, WIS)

> Fault diagnosis based on practical examples

> Integration of the manual gearshift system in the overall networking scheme

> Interplay between the manual gearshift system and the drive control systems

> Design and function:

- Manual gearshift system with and without power-assisted gear shifting

- Clutch, clutch adjusting mechanism and clutch operation

> Fault diagnosis and adjustment operations on the manual gearshift system

components

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 294: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 294

Chapter Technical Training

Department Powertrain

Title T1081F • Trucks • Engines and Transmissions • New Features and Modifications •

Actros, Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1081F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe new features and modifications in the current engine model series OM 93x

and OM 47x

> Describe the design of the new transmission

> Name the latest transfer case generation

> Perform repair work on the transfer case

> Describe the design and function of the new all-wheel Hydraulic Auxiliary Drive

> Perform repair work on the retarder

Contents > New features and modifications in the current engine model series

> New stronger transmission

> Current transfer case generation

> New all-wheel Hydraulic Auxiliary Drive

> Retarder repair

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 295: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 295

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0368Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension

System Technician

Course Number T0368Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Participants qualify as Suspension System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate

following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T0368P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •

Suspension System Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0258F-AA • Passenger Cars • Suspension Systems • Fundamentals, Diagnosis and

Repair • Run

> T0307F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart • Wheel Alignment • Run

> T0344F-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems

• Fundamentals, Diagnosis and Repair • Run

> T0076E-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems

• e-Training • Run

> T0839E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •

Suspension System Technician • Final Test • Fly

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 6,5 days (per 8 hours)

Page 296: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 296

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0679E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension

System Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T0679E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Theoretical test in the areas:

> Suspension

> Active safety systems

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension and Active

Safety System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 297: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 297

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0839E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension

System Technician • Final Test • Fly

Course Number T0839E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> Suspension

> Active safety systems

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension System

Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 298: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 298

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0076E • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • e-

Training • Run

Course Number T0076E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participants can

> Check their current knowledge level

> Effectively prepare for the training course

> Demonstrate their knowledge by completing the test

Contents Basic functions of the ESP®, ABR® and SBC™ systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Successful completion of this e-Training course entitles you to take part in the training

course "T0344F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance

Systems • Diagnosis and Repair • Run".

Duration 1,5 hours

Page 299: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 299

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0344F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems •

Fundamentals, Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T0344F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Understand and check the functions of the ESP®, ABR and SBC™ systems

> Perform diagnosis on the ABR system

> Describe the special considerations for maintenance and repair

> Describe the networking of the brake control and traction systems with other systems

Contents > Diagnosis and repair work

> Working in accordance with manufacturer instructions and safety precautions

Mandatory prerequisite T0076E • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • e-

Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 300: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 300

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0342F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control, Suspension and Active Driving Assistance

Systems • New features and modifications • Run

Course Number T0342F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design, function and operation of the new driving assistance systems

> Perform diagnosis on the new driving assistance systems

> Describe the design, function and operation of the new ADS suspension systems

> Describe the new features and modifications in the suspension and damping systems

compared to the predecessor model series

> Perform diagnosis on the suspension systems and state how the diagnosis has

changed

> Properly use the Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS) and Measurement Technology

(HMS) test tools

> Provide a description of the design and function of

- the electric parking brake

> Perform tests on the electric steering and the parking brake

Contents > New features and changes in the suspension system

> Design, function and operation

- Passive and active driving assistance systems

- Suspension and brake control systems

> Diagnosis of suspension, brake control and active driving assistance systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 301: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 301

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1262F • Vans • Wheel Alignment • Citan Model Series 415, V-Class/Vito Model Series

447, Sprinter Model Series 906 • Run

Course Number T1262F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Check the chassis alignment electronically and diagnose complaints

> Conduct mechanical alignment checks

> Inspect axle components

> Perform test, adjustment and repair work

Contents > Axle geometry and correlations between suspension characteristics and tire wear

> Adjusting the various axle variants

> Accident diagnosis using mechanical alignment checks

> Information on current complaints and remedial measures

> Complaint-based alignment checks

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The training course concludes with a final test.

The participant is familiar with the wheel alignment systems used.

The following CBTs are recommended in preparation for the course:

<1> Wheels and Tires, Part 3, Wear and Diagnosis (Order No. 1290 4778 00)

<1> Steering Fundamentals, Part 1, Steering Mechanism (Order No. 1290 4717 00)

<1> Steering Fundamentals, Part 2, Axle Geometry (Order No. 1290 4718 00)

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 302: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 302

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1298Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician

Course Number T1298Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Drivetrain System Technician. Participants receive a

certificate following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1298P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System

Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0101E-AA • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management

BR 471 • e-Training • Go

> T0754F-AA • Trucks • Engine Management and Exhaust Aftertreatment • OM934,

OM936, OM470, OM471 and OM473 • Run

> T1221F-AA • Trucks • Transmission • Shifting systems • Run

> T1254F-AA • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations •

Run

> T1296E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System

Technician • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence

for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 8,5 days (per 8 hours)

Page 303: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 303

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1042F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • Steering Systems and Chassis Level Control

System (CLCS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) •

Run

Course Number T1042F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can perform test, adjustment and repair work using current diagnosis

systems and workshop information systems independently and efficiently.

Contents Design and function of

> Steering systems

- Additional steering axle (ASA)

- Dual-circuit steering system

- Chassis Level Control System (CLCS)

> Practical work on the chassis systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 304: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 304

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0152F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • ASA (Additional Steering Axle) and CLCS (Chas-

sis Level Control System) • Actros BR 963 • Run

Course Number T0152F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can perform test, adjustment and repair work using current diagnosis

systems and workshop information systems independently and efficiently.

Contents > Design and function of the new additional steering axle (ASA)

> Design and functions of the Chassis Level Control System, CLCS

> Practical work on the chassis systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 305: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 305

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go

Course Number T0151F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of pneumatic brake systems

> Explain the function of pneumatic brake systems

> Assign components to the function groups using the service literature and understand

their functions

> Perform function tests on brake system components

> Conduct general function tests on brake systems in accordance with legal

requirements

Contents > Design of pneumatic service brake and parking brake systems

> Function of the components for service brakes and parking brakes

> Testing efficiency and function in accordance with legal requirements

> Implementing service literature

> Reading function schematics

> Use of measuring tools and test tools

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note To refresh your knowledge, we recommend completing the CBTs "Air Brake Systems Part

1" (order no. 1290 4316 02) and "Air Brake Systems Part 2" (1290 4317 02).

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 306: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 306

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1043F • Trucks • Brake Systems • Air Brake Systems • Run

Course Number T1043F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of pneumatic brake systems

> Explain the function of pneumatic brake systems

> Assign components to the function groups using the service literature and understand

their functions

> Perform function tests on brake system components

> Conduct general function tests on brake systems in accordance with legal

requirements

Contents > Design of pneumatic service brake and parking brake systems

> Function of the components for service brakes and parking brakes

> Testing efficiency and function in accordance with legal requirements

> Using the service literature

> Reading function schematics

> Use of measuring tools and test tools

Mandatory prerequisite T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 307: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 307

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0150F • Trucks • Telligent® Brake System BS2 • Run

Course Number T0150F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of the EAPU

> Explain the functions in the EAPU and understand them

> Check the pressure retainer of the EAPU according to manufacturer specifications

> Describe the integration of the EAPU into vehicle networking

> Perform potential work and diagnoses on the E-APU with Star Diagnosis

> Describe the system design of the Telligent brake system BS2

> Name the individual system components and their tasks

> Explain the special functions in the system design of the Telligent® brake system BS2

> Explain additional functions and special equipment in the BS2

> Perform target-oriented function tests on individual components

> Independently diagnose malfunctions based on case examples with the aid of the

current diagnosis and workshop information systems

Contents > Design and function of:

- Electronic Air-Processing Unit E-APU

- Telligent® Brake System BS2

> Special functions of Telligent® brake system BS2, such as the hill holder

> Testing of system functions and individual system components

> Fault diagnoses

Mandatory prerequisite T0045E • Trucks • Telligent® Brake System BS2 • e-Initial Test • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note As a prerequisite for this training course, the participant has successfully completed

training course "T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go" or has equivalent

knowledge.

Participants can refresh their knowledge in preparation for the e-Initial Test by working

through the CBTs "Compressed-Air Braking Units – Fundamentals" (order no. 1290 4348

02 ) and "Compressed-Air Brakes - Reading Pneumatic Function Diagrams" (1290 4316

02).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 308: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 308

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0149F • Trucks • Telligent® level control system (NR) • Run

Course Number T0149F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Explain the system design of the Telligent® level control system in various vehicle

configurations

> Name the components of the Telligent® level control system and their tasks

> Explain the mode of operation of the Telligent® level control system

> Perform a targeted check of the system components using diagnostic systems

> Calibrate the driving level in acc. with manufacturer specifications

> Explain the special functions of the Telligent® level control system

> Retrofit the compulsory lowering system

> Explain the system design and the operating principles of roll control

> Adjust the parameters in the Telligent® level control system electronics

> Perform a targeted check of individual system components using diagnostic systems

Contents > Design and function of the Telligent® level control system

> System components of the Telligent® level control system

> Special functions of the Telligent® level control system

> Design and function of the roll control (WR)

> Mode of operation of the axle load indicator

> System function testing of the Telligent® level control system and individual system

components

> Calibration of the Telligent® level control system

> Fault diagnoses

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note As a prerequisite for this training course, the participant has successfully completed

training course T0151F (Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go) or has equivalent knowledge.

To refresh your knowledge, you can use the CBT 1290 4316 "Air Brake Systems -

Reading Pneumatic Function Diagrams".

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 309: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 309

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1263F • Trucks • Vehicle Alignment • Actros, Antos Model Series 963, Arocs Model

Series 964, Atego Model Series 967 • Run

Course Number T1263F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Mechanically/electronically align the frame and chassis of two, three and four-axle

vehicles

> Check and evaluate axle steering parts and tires

Contents > Fundamentals of vehicle alignment

> Mechanical frame alignment

> Electronic wheel alignment check on three and four-axle vehicles

> Checking and adjusting the wheels/axles according to current service literature

> Fault diagnosis and assessment of faults in handling characteristics and tire wear

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant has successfully completed the CBT program "Fundamentals of Steering

Systems" Part 2 (order no. 1290 4718 ).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 310: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 310

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T0762F • Trucks • Electronic Brake System (EBS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego

Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T0762F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of the electronic air-processing unit

> Understand and explain the functions in the electronic air-processing unit

> Perform parameterization for ESP4all

> Check the pressure retainer of the electronic air-processing unit according to

manufacturer specifications

> Describe the integration of the electronic air-processing unit in vehicle networking

> Perform potential work and diagnoses on the electronic air-processing unit with

XENTRY Diagnostics

> Describe the system design of the electronic brake system for different vehicle

versions

> Name the individual system components and explain their tasks

> Explain the special functions in the system design of the electronic brake system

> Perform target-oriented function tests on individual components

Contents > Design and function:

- Electronic air-processing unit

- Electronic brake system

- ESP4all

> Special functions of the electronic brake system, such as the hill holder

> Testing of system functions and individual system components

> Fault diagnoses

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note As a prerequisite for this training course, the participant will have successfully completed

the training course "T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go" or has equivalent

knowledge.

Participants can refresh their knowledge in preparation for the e-Initial Test by working

through the CBTs "Air Brake Systems – Fundamentals" (order no. 1290 4348 02 ) and

"Air Brake Systems – Reading Pneumatic Function Schematics" (1290 4316 02).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 311: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 311

Chapter Technical Training

Department Chassis and Active Safety

Title T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go

Course Number T1400E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of pneumatic brake systems

> Explain the function of pneumatic brake systems

> Assign components to the function groups using the service literature and understand

their functions

Contents > Design of pneumatic service brake and parking brake systems

> Function of the components for service brakes and parking brakes

> Reading function schematics

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The participant requires access to the intranet/Internet, as this seminar contains online

content.

Duration 2,0 hours

Page 312: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 312

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1156E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety

System Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1156E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas

> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test on the topic of comfort and safety

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz comfort and safety

System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 313: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 313

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1121F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • C-Class Model

Series 205, GLE Facelift Model Series 166 and GLE Coupe Model Series 292 • Innova-

tions • Run

Course Number T1121F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Explain the design, functions and features of the comfort and climate control systems

> Diagnose the complex comfort, drive authorization and display systems on the current

vehicle model series, and find suitable repair solutions

> Perform structured troubleshooting using XENTRY

> Share experiences during practical exercises and expand his/her knowledge

> Internalize the systematic approach as per diagnosis strategy by completing practical

exercises

Contents > Network architecture with FlexRay and Star 2 Architecture

> Hybrid system

> Energy management, lithium-ion battery

> Comfort functions such as the interior illumination concept, roof systems, air balance

package, HANDS-FREE ACCESS

> LED headlamp systems

> Diagnosis hardware and advanced diagnostic functions, e.g. new Star Diagnosis

hardware XENTRY Kit/Realignment of Star Diagnosis

> Control units and FlexRay bus system

> Advanced handling of Star Diagnosis, XENTRY, and Hermann Measurement Technology

> Diagnosis of customer complaints, generating proper remedial actions, remedying

faults

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 314: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 314

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort

Systems • e-Training • Run

Course Number T1273E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant:

> Knows why the levels model presents a sound approach

> Knows and can state the four levels

> Is familiar with the exclusion mechanism and can use this procedure in combination

with the levels model

> Is familiar with information sources and can relate them to the levels

> Can reproduce the diagnosis approach using the four-level model for the case of

reception problems on a domestic TV satellite system

> Can create a virtual diagnosis for a central locking case using the levels model

> Can create a virtual diagnosis for the navigation function of an Audio 20 system with

Becker MAP pilot using the levels model

Contents > Four-level diagnosis model

> Systematic troubleshooting:

- Audio/video, navigation, telephony, rear seat entertainment system

- Climate control, active multicontour seats, window lifter, DAS, access authorization

system

> Information sources for troubleshooting:

- WIS, XENTRY TIPS, vehicle manual

> Virtually guided diagnosis using the four-level model for comfort and telematics

systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 315: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 315

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T0092E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0092E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the basic design of a refrigerant circuit and its key components.

Contents > Basic design of vehicle climate control systems

> Components and their functions

> Refrigeration circuit

> Fundamentals of thermodynamics

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note This e-Training is an introductory course to prepare for further training for

certification/qualification to work on air conditioning systems.

Duration 0,9 hours

Page 316: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 316

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T0819F • Passenger Cars • Air Conditioning Systems and Auxiliary Heaters • Emphasis

on the S-Class (W/V222), A-Class and B-Class (W176, W246) • Run

Course Number T0819F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of the refrigerant circuit on current model series

> Explain the difference between water and air-controlled air conditioning systems

> Describe the design and function of temperature control on the model series W246,

W176, W166, W205 and W222

> Perform proper diagnosis on the model series W246, W176, W166, W205 and W222

> Explain the design and function of the auxiliary heater on the model series W246,

W176, W166, W205 and W222

> Perform proper diagnosis on the auxiliary heater

> Can describe the additional functions of the climate control in hybrid vehicles (pre-

conditioning)

Contents > Cooling technology in retrospect: Describe the proper service process using the air

conditioning service unit

> Differences between water and air-controlled climate control

> Design and function of climate control

> Diagnosis work on the vehicle using XENTRY and the Workshop Information System

(WIS)

> Design and function of the auxiliary heating system

> Diagnosis and testing work on the auxiliary heating system

> Overview of the additional functions of climate control in hybrid vehicles

Optional prerequisite Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the e-Training "T0092E • Cars,

Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go".

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 317: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 317

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T0447F • Passenger Cars • Diagnosis of Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Fly

Course Number T0447F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Develop a diagnosis strategy for complex faults based on the Diagnosis Guidelines

(four-level model)

> Produce a targeted diagnosis in cases where fault codes have been stored or not

stored

> Share his/her experience in a small group during practical work and expand his/her

knowledge

> Diagnose the complex comfort, drive authorization and display systems on current

vehicle model series

> Identify appropriate repair solutions

> Internalize the systematic approach of the diagnosis strategy by completing complex

practical exercises

Contents > Diagnosis of complex comfort systems while adhering to diagnostic processes

> Complex practical work and fault diagnoses on two different current vehicle models

> Design and function of the vehicle network

> Advanced handling of Star Diagnosis, DAS and XENTRY, as well as Hermann

Measurement Technology

> Diagnose complex customer complaints, generate the proper remedial actions and

remedy faults

Mandatory prerequisite T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort

Systems • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 318: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 318

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T0454F • Passenger Cars, Vans • New Drive Authorization System DAS 4 • Key Pro-

gramming • Run

Course Number T0454F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Independently program the DAS 4 vehicle key

> Block and release the key tracks

Contents > Overall process "Drive Authorization DAS 4" in combination with Xentry

> Handling of theft-relevant parts in accordance with the currently valid guidelines from

Daimler AG

> Operating the DAS 4 software for component programming

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant must have sound knowledge and authorization for Xentry Flash.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 319: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 319

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1124F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Drive Authorization

Systems • Operation, Diagnosis and Repair • Run

Course Number T1124F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design, function and repair of the specified systems and perform function

checks

> Perform a proper diagnosis with the aid of XENTRY and diagnostic guidelines

> Share his/her experience in a small group during practical work and expand his/her

knowledge

> Internalize the systematic approach as per diagnosis strategy by completing practical

exercises

Contents > DAS 3 and DAS 4 design and system function, theft-relevant parts

> Central locking, KEYLESS-GO

> Display instruments, COMAND display

> Static and dynamic lighting systems, e.g. Intelligent Light System

> Energy management, lithium-ion battery, ECO start/stop function

> On-board electrical system diagnosis with different bus systems, e.g. FlexRay

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Safety and

Restraint Systems" Parts 1 and 2 (order no. 1290 4034 and 1290 4039).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 320: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 320

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T0239F • Trucks • Heating and Climate Control • Run

Course Number T0239F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of all heating and air conditioning components, as

well as their integration into the on-board electrical system of the current truck series

> Independently and professionally perform a diagnosis after malfunctions have

occurred in the heating and climate control systems

Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the established truck series Actros, Axor2

and Atego2.

> Design and function of the various heating and climate control systems

> Integration into the on-board electrical system of the Actros and Axor2 truck model

series

> Use of literature (function descriptions and wiring diagrams)

> Practical examples for diagnosis and troubleshooting

Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through e-Training "T0092E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans

• Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go" or has good knowledge of the

refrigeration circuit. The participant has completed training course "T0255F • Passenger

Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Certificate of Competence for Air Conditioning Systems

according to EC Regulation 307/2008 • Go" and possesses a certificate of competence

for working on the refrigeration circuit.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 321: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 321

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1357E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System

Technician • Final Test • Go

Course Number T1357E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:

> Climate Control Systems

> Drive Authorization and Locking Systems

Mandatory prerequisite T1055F • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and

Atego Euro VI (model series 963, 964, 967) • Run

T1068F • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI

standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Comfort and Passive

Safety System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 322: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 322

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1068F • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI

standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1068F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of all heating and air conditioning components as

well as their integration in the on-board electrical system of the truck series

> Independently and professionally perform a diagnosis after malfunctions have

occurred in the heating and climate control systems

Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI

standard truck model series (96x)

> Design and function of the various heating and climate control systems

> Integration in the on-board electrical system of the truck series

> Use of literature (function descriptions and electrical circuit diagrams)

> Practical examples for diagnosis and troubleshooting

Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through the e-Training "T0092E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air

Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go" or has good knowledge of the refrigeration

circuit. The participant has a Certificate of Competence as per the EC Regulation

307/2008 for working on a refrigeration circuit.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 323: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 323

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T0243F • Trucks • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Axor • Run

Course Number T0243F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of current truck drive authorization and locking

systems

> Generate proper diagnoses in case of malfunctions and independently perform repair

work on truck locking systems (e.g. control unit replacement)

Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the established truck series Actros, Axor

and Atego.

> Design and system function of:

- Central locking systems

- Comfort locking systems

- Anti-theft alarm systems (ATA)

- Drive authorization systems (WSP)

> New features/modifications in the current Actros BR 96x and Axor2

> Use of literature (function descriptions and wiring diagrams)

> Practical examples and exercises for diagnosis and troubleshooting

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed training course "T0244F • Trucks • On-Board Electrical

Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation • Actros, Axor, Atego • Run" or has

equivalent knowledge. The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including

HMS 990.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of

Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and

Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 324: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 324

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1055F • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and

Atego Euro VI (model series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1055F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design and function of the drive authorization and locking systems for the

new truck series (96x)

> Generate proper diagnoses in case of malfunctions and independently perform repair

work on truck locking systems (e.g. control unit replacement)

Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the new Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego

Euro VI truck model series (96x)

> Design and system function of:

- Central locking systems

- Comfort locking systems

- Anti-theft alarm systems (ATA)

- Drive authorization systems (immobilizer)

> Use of literature (function descriptions and wiring diagrams)

> Practical examples and exercises for diagnosis and troubleshooting

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the training course "T1028F • Trucks • On-Board

Electrical Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego

Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run" or has equivalent knowledge. The

participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of

Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and

Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 325: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 325

Chapter Technical Training

Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems

Title T1078F • Trucks • Equipment • Cab, Interior and Exterior • Actros, Antos, Arocs and

Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

Course Number T1078F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:

> Correctly identify and describe the components of the seat, tilting/sliding roof, door

and restraint systems

> Explain the design and function of the tilting/sliding roof and restraint systems

> Carry out targeted diagnosis, repair and adjustment operations

Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the new Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego

Euro VI truck model series (96x)

> Grammer seats

> Tilting/sliding roof

> Supplemental restraint systems (SRS)

> Safety information

> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair work on seat, tilting/sliding roof, door and restraint

systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through the CBT program "Seats Parts 1-2" (order no. 1290

4342/ 43).

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The duration of the training course may vary from country to country.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 326: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 326

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1157E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Telecommunications

System Technician • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1157E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas

> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test on the topic of telecommunications

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications

System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 327: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 327

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1301Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Telecommunica-

tions • Run

Course Number T1301Q-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Participants qualify as Telecommunications System Technicians. Participants receive a

certificate following completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1301P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 •

Telecommunications • Competency Analysis

> T0455F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis of the NTG 4.5 and Current

Telematics Systems • Fly

> T0822F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go

> T0833E-AA • Passenger Cars • Telecommunications Systems • e-Training • Go

> T1269F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Operation and Function of Current

Telecommunication Systems • Run

> T1273E-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and

Comfort Systems • e-Training • Run

> T1292E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015 • Telecommunication

Systems Technician • Final Test • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System

Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 6,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 328: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 328

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1120F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • C-Class Model Series 205 and S-Class Coupe

Model Series 217 • Innovations • Run

Course Number T1120F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Explain the design, function and features of the NTG 5.0 Star 1, as well as the new

telecommunications accessories

> Systematically evaluate telematics complaints and find suitable repair solutions

> Perform structured troubleshooting using DAS and XENTRY

Contents > Networking and cross-linking of telematics generation NTG 5.0 Star 1 in the C-Class

W205 and S-Class C217

> Programming on COMAND online

> Troubleshooting and diagnosis based on current complaints

> Use of diagnosis tools including Hermann Measurement Technology

> Bluetooth® technology

> Basic and comfort telephony including antennas

> New telecommunications accessories

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 329: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 329

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1292E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015 • Telecommunication Sys-

tems Technician • Final Test • Run

Course Number T1292E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the field of telecommunication systems.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess the theoretical knowledge in the field of

telecommunication systems.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications

System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Page 330: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 330

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort

Systems • e-Training • Run

Course Number T1273E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant:

> Knows why the levels model presents a sound approach

> Knows and can state the four levels

> Is familiar with the exclusion mechanism and can use this procedure in combination

with the levels model

> Is familiar with information sources and can relate them to the levels

> Can reproduce the diagnosis approach using the four-level model for the case of

reception problems on a domestic TV satellite system

> Can create a virtual diagnosis for a central locking case using the levels model

> Can create a virtual diagnosis for the navigation function of an Audio 20 system with

Becker MAP pilot using the levels model

Contents > Four-level diagnosis model

> Systematic troubleshooting:

- Audio/video, navigation, telephony, rear seat entertainment system

- Climate control, active multicontour seats, window lifter, DAS, access authorization

system

> Information sources for troubleshooting:

- WIS, XENTRY TIPS, vehicle manual

> Virtually guided diagnosis using the four-level model for comfort and telematics

systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 331: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 331

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T0833E • Passenger Cars • Telecommunications Systems • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0833E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant:

> Can distinguish between the telematics generations NTG 1, NTG 2, NTG 2.5, NTG 3

and NTG 4

> Is familiar with the basic structure of MOST systems

> Is familiar with the basic structure of telematic generations

> Is familiar with the subfunctions and differences between telematics generations

Contents > Function and design of the Mercedes-Benz telecommunication systems NTG 1, NTG 2,

NTG 2.5, NTG 3, NTG 4

> Structure of MOST systems

> Subfunctions and differences between telematics generations

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 4,0 hours

Page 332: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 332

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T0822F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go

Course Number T0822F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Match the telematics generations to the respective model series

> State basic information on

- - signal transfer

- - antennas

- - navigation in Mercedes-Benz vehicles

- - telephony in Mercedes-Benz vehicles

- - online connections in Mercedes-Benz vehicles

Contents > Telematics generations at a glance

> Signal transmission (basics)

> Antennas (basic antenna technology)

> Telephony (basics)

> Navigation (basics)

> Online functions (basic information on online connections)

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 333: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 333

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T0455F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis of the NTG 4.5 and Current

Telematics Systems • Fly

Course Number T0455F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Systematically evaluate complex telematics complaints and find suitable repair

solutions

> Perform structured troubleshooting using DAS and XENTRY

> Internalize the systematic approach of the diagnosis strategy by completing practical

exercises

Contents > Networking and cross-linking of telematics generation NTG 4.5 with emphasis on new

model series and on NTG 4.5

> Control and display concept (BAK) in new model series

> Troubleshooting and diagnosis based on current complaints

> Use of the latest diagnostic tools, antenna meter and Hermann Measurement

Technology

> Bluetooth technology

> Basic and comfort telephony including antennas

Mandatory prerequisite T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort

Systems • e-Training • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 334: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 334

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1024F • Trucks • Telematics • Fly

Course Number T1024F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the telematics systems in the current truck model series

> Operate telephones, navigation, FleetBoard and the CB radio

> Perform targeted diagnoses on the telematics systems with and without Star

Diagnosis

> Set and program the components

Contents Practical work on the new truck series Arocs and Atego Euro VI

> Operation, design, function and diagnosis of telematics components

> Radio – DAB/DAB+

> Navigation systems

> Telephone and cell phone installation

> Multimedia applications

> FleetBoard system and FleetBoard workshop applications

> CB two-way radio systems

> Practical application of on-board and off-board diagnosis in telematics systems

Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the advanced training course "T1017F • Trucks, Vans •

Telematics • Run" or has good knowledge of telematics. He/she is proficient in the use

of Star Diagnosis, including the HMS 990, and has good knowledge in the fields of

electrical/electronic systems and on-board electrical systems.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 335: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 335

Chapter Technical Training

Department Telecommunications

Title T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go

Course Number T1389E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the fundamentals for signal transmission, radio systems, navigation, and

mobile communication

> Describe the interrelation of the various functions in navigation and mobile

communication

> Understand and describe the complex interrelations of networked and non-networked

systems

Contents > Introduction to telematics

> Fundamentals of signal transmission:

- Transmission paths

- Frequency

- Transmitting and receiving with antennas

> GSM network, design, and description

> SMS in telematics

> UMTS and LTE successor technology

> Vehicle navigation components

> Design of the global positioning system (GPS)

> Dynamic destination-oriented vehicle navigation

> Digital audio/video systems such as DAB and DMB

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The participant requires access to the intranet/Internet, as this seminar consists of

online content.

Duration 1,5 hours

Page 336: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 336

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1161E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • Body Specialists • Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1161E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Theoretical test in the area of bodies

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz body specialists.

Duration 0 hours

Page 337: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 337

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1308Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Body Specialist •

Run

Course Number T1308Q-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Participants qualify as Body Specialists. Participants receive a certificate following

completion of the qualification program.

Contents

The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins

with the initial test.

Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)

you should book:

> T1308P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Body

Specialist • Competency Analysis

> T0449F-AA • Passenger Cars • Repair and Adjustment Operations for Soft Top

Systems • SL, SLK and E-Class (R231, R172 and A207) • Run

> T0450E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamental Knowledge of Soft Top Systems • SL,

SLK and E-Class (R231/R172/A207) • e-Training • Go

> T0451F-AA • Passenger Cars • Diagnosis of Soft Top Systems • Emphasis on the

R231, SLK and E-Class Cabriolet • Fly

> T0458E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training •

Go

> T0849F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly

> T0851F-AA • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model

Series W222, W217 • Fly

> T0911F-AA • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run

> T1305E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Body

Specialist • Final Test • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 7,5 days (per 8 hours)

Page 338: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 338

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1305E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Body Specialist •

Final Test • Run

Course Number T1305E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.

Contents Final test on the topic of vehicle bodies

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Body Specialists.

Duration 0 hours

Page 339: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 339

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1127F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series

176, 246, 167, 117) • Run

Course Number T1127F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant:

> can name the design of the body structure used for model series 176, 246, 167 and

117

> can name the latest processing methods for "ultra high-strength" steels

> can name the most important body repairs

Contents > Use of special tools on the A- and B-Class (model series 176, 246, 167, 117)

> Practically-oriented exercises on various sectional repairs

> Special considerations for coatings, e.g. galvanized panels

> Requirements due to ultra high-strength steels (e.g. Usibor)

Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note The participant must have basic experience in bodywork repair on previous model series

in accordance with MB guidelines.

In addition, basic knowledge regarding MIG soldering, MAG welding, resistance welding

and how to set up the straightening bench is required.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 340: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 340

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0849F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly

Course Number T0849F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the design of the aluminum body structure and the repair concept for the S-

Class (W/V222, W217)

> Describe the latest methods for processing aluminum materials

> Perform basic aluminum body repairs such as riveting, bolting, and bonding

> Identify the required safety measures for working on the SRS

Contents > Body and repair concept for the S-Class (W/V 222, W217)

> Use of special tools

> Practically-oriented exercises on various sectional repairs

> Special considerations and new demands for aluminum materials

Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 341: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 341

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go

Course Number T0458E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant

> Can name the design of the body structure used for model series

> Can name the most important body repairs

> Is familiar with the required safety measures for welding work

Contents Fundamental knowledge about body accident repair

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Page 342: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 342

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0365F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 1 • Run

Course Number T0365F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:

> Assess the hazards associated with MIG welding and take precautionary personal

safety measures

> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed

arc technique

> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, the type of seam and the welding

position

> Join aluminum panels using the different types of seams and in different welding

positions

> Prepare the required learning outcome checks as per DIN EN ISO 9606-2 and assess

his/her level of manual skills in welding aluminum

Contents > Work safety and accident prevention

> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc

> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld

> Pulsed arc

> MIG welding of fillet welds and square butt joint welds in the different welding

positions

> Close training with learning outcome checks to assess the participants' manual skills

and to identify what still needs to be done to prepare for the training course "T0463F •

Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly"

The training course ends with a learning outcome check to assess the practical skills

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Note The operation must have a dedicated aluminum workstation according to Mercedes-Benz

specifications!

The participant must bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask,

safety shoes, jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the

course.

To successfully conclude this training course, the participant must have successfully

completed vocational training as a body specialist and have at least 3 years of

professional experience in accident repairs on Mercedes-Benz passenger cars.

IMPORTANT! The course contents are mandatory requirements for participation in

"T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly".

The price includes all test fees, and the training course and test material.

Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 343: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 343

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly

Course Number T0463F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:

> Assess the hazards of MIG welding and take measures to protect his/her health

> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed

arc technique

> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, type of seam and the welding

position

> Work on skills with regard to the weld positions and seam types used in repairs

> Detect possible weld seam faults and respond appropriately

> Verify his/her MIG aluminum welding skills during tests

Contents > Work safety and accident prevention

> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc

> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld

> Preparation for the test in accordance with DIN ISO EN 9606-2

> Preparation for the test on die-cast and chilled-cast components in accordance with

Mercedes-Benz specifications

> Test in accordance with the above-listed standards

> Final qualification in accordance with ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz standard

(GSP/TPE) for aluminum welding on body structures

Mandatory prerequisite T0365F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 1 • Run

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask,

safety shoes, jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the

course.

The participant must bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material " pack to

the training course.

The final test is valid for two years if the prescribed work sample 1 (T0513F), the work

sample 2 (T0518F) and the work sample 3 (T0530F) are created with the required quality

every six months.

After two years, further training is required in order to extend the certificate by another

two years.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 344: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 344

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0513F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 1 • Fly

Course Number T0513F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly

X0554F • Passenger Cars • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note Participants must bring

<1> Their welder test certificate from training course T0463F

<1> Their own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or

overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course

<1> Material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS weld specimen material" to the work trial

Participants who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum

Welding 2" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as long as the

employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding

Work Sample 1, 2 and 3 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 345: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 345

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0518F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 2 • Fly

Course Number T0518F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T0513F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 1 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note Participants must bring

<1> Their welder test certificate from training course T0463F

<1> Their own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or

overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course

<1> Material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS weld specimen material" to the work trial

Participants who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum

Welding 2" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as long as the

employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding

Work Sample 1, 2 and 3 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 346: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 346

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0530F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 3 • Fly

Course Number T0530F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T0518F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 2 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note Participants must bring

<1> Their welder test certificate from training course T0463F

<1> Their own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or

overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course

<1> Material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS weld specimen material" to the work trial

Participants who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum

Welding 2" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as long as the

employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding

Work Sample 1, 2 and 3 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 347: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 347

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0854F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 4 • Fly

Course Number T0854F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T0846F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 1 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring

- his/her welding test certificate from training course T0846F

- his/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls), as

it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course

- a materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work

sample

On successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training"

course, the participant will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as

long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses

"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 348: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 348

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0906F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 5 • Fly

Course Number T0906F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz vehicles every

6 months.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T0854F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 4 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must

- bring his or her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0846F

- bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or

overalls), as it will be worn during the practical part of the course

- must bring a material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Welding Sample Material" to the

work sample session

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum

Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as

long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses

"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be personally created in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 349: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 349

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0909F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 6 • Fly

Course Number T0909F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz

vehicles.

Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific

standards.

Mandatory prerequisite T0906F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 5 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must

- bring his or her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0846F

- must bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes,

jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical part of the course

- bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" to the work trial.

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum

Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for two years,

as long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses

"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be personally created in the welding institute in

the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 350: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 350

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0846F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 1 • Fly

Course Number T0846F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:

> Assess the hazards of MIG welding and take measures to protect his/her health

> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed

arc technique

> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, type of seam and the welding

position

> Work on skills with regard to the weld positions and seam types used in repairs

> Detect possible weld seam faults and respond appropriately

> Verify his/her MIG aluminum welding skills during tests

Contents > Work safety and accident prevention

> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc

> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld

> Repetition of the test in accordance with DIN ISO EN 9606-2

> Preparation for the test on die-cast and chilled-cast components in accordance with

Mercedes-Benz specifications

> Test in accordance with the above-listed standards

> Repetition of the final qualification in accordance with ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz

standard (GSP/TPE) for aluminum welding on body structures

Mandatory prerequisite T0530F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 3 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must

- bring his/her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0463F

- must bring his/her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes,

jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course

- bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" to the work trial.

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum

Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as

long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses

"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every 6 months.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 351: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 351

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1345F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 2 • Fly

Course Number T1345F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant can:

> Assess the hazards of MIG welding and take measures to protect his/her health

> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed

arc technique

> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, type of seam and the welding

position

> Work on skills with regard to the weld positions and seam types used in repairs

> Detect possible weld seam faults and respond appropriately

> Verify his/her MIG aluminum welding skills during tests

Contents > Work safety and accident prevention

> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc

> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld

> Repetition of the test in accordance with DIN ISO EN 9606-2

> Preparation for the test on die-cast and chilled-cast components in accordance with

Mercedes-Benz specifications

> Test in accordance with the above-listed standards

> Repetition of the final qualification in accordance with ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz

standard (GSP/TPE) for aluminum welding on body structures

Mandatory prerequisite T0909F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 6 • Fly

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must

- bring his/her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0846F

- must bring his/her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes,

jacket or overalls) to be worn during the practical part of the course

- bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" to the work trial

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum

Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as

long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses

"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9 • Fly" every six months.

The training price includes all test fees.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 352: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 352

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1104F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • Interior and Exterior Equipment in the A-, B-,

GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run

Course Number T1104F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant:

> Can state the main equipment features and special considerations for the A-, B-, GLA-

and CLA-Class

> Can perform the most important removal and installation work on the interior and

exterior

Contents > Use of special tools on the A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (model series 176, 246, 167,

117)

> Practical exercises on various removal and installation operations on the interior and

exterior

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 353: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 353

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0851F • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model Series

W222, W217 • Fly

Course Number T0851F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant:

> Can describe the design of the aluminum body structure of the S-Class (W/V 222,

W217)

> Can name the main equipment features and special considerations

> Can perform the most important removal and installation work on the interior and

exterior

> Is familiar with the work procedures and safety measures for roof systems

> Is familiar with body-specific adjustment operations

Contents > Use of special tools on the S-Class (W/V 222, W217)

> Practical exercises on various removal and installation operations on the interior and

exterior

> Body-related calibration and adjustment operations

> Roof systems – information and safety precautions for removal and installation

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 354: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 354

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T0911F • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run

Course Number T0911F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:

> Correctly analyze and select the appropriate repair process

> Search for information in a targeted manner using the available systems in the

Internet, Mercedes-Benz publications, and Mercedes-Benz repair guidelines

> Name the processes and methods for the entire reception and damage registration

process

Contents > Detailed accident damage diagnosis

> Detailed repair planning based on the workshop order

> Implementation and documentation of repair works including quality assurance

> Knowledge on the manner in which active/passive safety systems function - relevance

for accident repair

> Security-relevant accident repair

> Possible diagnoses of noises, leaks, body shell complaints

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 355: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 355

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1000F • Passenger Cars • Joining Technology • Run

Course Number T1000F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant can

> Describe the advantages and disadvantages of MIG welding and soldering as well as

aluminium welding

> Describe the determined areas of use for MIG soldering and aluminium welding on the

vehicle

> Name the filler materials approved for MIG soldering and aluminium welding

> Name the special joint connections and professionally apply the bonding and riveting

joint technologies and create mixed joints

> Name the characteristics of aluminium materials, their properties and name possible

repairs to the R231

Contents > Joining methods currently used in production

> Repair methods currently used in Mercedes-Benz workshops as related to the joining

methods

> Creating connections for testing purposes

> Processing of aluminum materials and their repair in practical examples

> Assessment of various joint connections that underwent destructive testing, especially

adhesive bonding and riveting

> Results of adhesive and riveted joints

Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go

This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.

You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 356: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 356

Chapter Technical Training

Department Bodywork

Title T1274F • Vans • Accident Repair and Equipment • V-Class and Vito Model Series 447

• Run

Course Number T1274F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician, Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:

> Describe the different Mercedes-Benz guidelines for accident repair on the model

series 447

> Describe the new features/modifications for model series 447 compared to model

series 639

> Name the installation locations of the sensors and the function of the different driving

assistance systems on the model series 447

> Name the adjustment operations required on the driving assistance systems of the

model series 447 after a repair is performed

> Name the accident prevention regulations and the work safety specifications to be

complied with by the manufacturer

> Describe the corrosion prevention measures according to the manufacturer

specification on the model series 447

Contents > Mercedes-Benz guidelines for repairing the vehicle model

> New features/modifications in accident repair for model series 447 compared to

model series 639

> Driving assistance systems

> Protective equipment

> Corrosion prevention measures

Optional prerequisite As preparation, we offer the following e-Training courses as an option. T0506E - New

Materials and Joining Technologies Part.1, T0561E - New Materials and Joining

Technologies Part.2, T0562E - New Materials and Joining Technologies Part.3, T0586E -

New Materials and Joining Technologies Part.4

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 357: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 357

Chapter Technical Training

Department Paint

Title T1098F • Passenger Cars • Quality Post-Repair Refinishing • Mercedes-Benz-Specific

Topics • Run

Course Number T1098F-AA

Target group Paintwork Specialist

Objectives The participant:

> Can name the approved repair systems for warranty cases

> Can use the available systems to gather specific information on the Internet, in

Mercedes-Benz publications and repair guidelines

> Can describe vehicle-specific work procedures, is familiar with tricks and angles, and

can use the protective equipment

> Can state specific Mercedes-Benz processing specifications and techniques, work

procedures and covering work for products

Contents > Warranty repair systems

> Online systems, Mercedes-Benz publications and repair guidelines

> Work procedure, occupational safety, masking methods

> Mercedes-Benz paintwork structure

> Base materials, substrates, and clear coat types

> Approved repair systems for warranty cases

> Current paint processing specifications and techniques

> Vehicle-specific work procedures

> Mercedes-Benz-specific covering work

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note The participant must bring his/her personal user ID and password for the Mercedes-Benz

After-Sales portal (WIS, TIPS, EPC) to the training course.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Page 358: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 358

Chapter Technical Training

Department Paint

Title T0283F • Passenger Cars • Damage Diagnosis for Mercedes-Benz High-Quality Paint

Repair • For Service Advisors • Fly

Course Number T0283F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can

> Correctly analyze and select the appropriate paint process

> Name the optimal and minimum equipment recommended by Mercedes-Benz

> Search for information in a targeted manner using the available systems in the

Internet, Mercedes-Benz publications, and Mercedes-Benz repair guidelines

> Name the processes and methods for the entire reception and damage registration

process

> State the fundamentals of successful marketing and present the advantages of

existing Mercedes-Benz marketing packages

Contents > Paint damage diagnosis

> Quality criteria for paint workshops

> Current information

> Repair reception process and damage calculation

> Marketing fundamentals

> New coating materials and processes

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Note This training course provides an overview of the optimum processes in a paint shop from

order acceptance to delivery of the finished product.

The participant has knowledge of paintwork, corrosion protection and damage

assessment as described in the workshop manual.

Damage diagnosis case 1 should be available in the workshop.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Page 359: training Program Worldwide Technical Training - Mercedes · Stand 08/2016 3 Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42 Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50 Diagnosis Engineering

Stand 08/2016 359

Chapter Technical Training

Department FUSO Canter

Title T1245E • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technicians •

Initial Test • Go

Course Number T1245E-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas

> An individual training plan is created for the competence area

> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:

> Engine 4P10

> Duonic transmission

> Electrical system and electrical networking in the Canter

> Diagnosis strategy

> Vehicle basics

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Fuso Technicians.

Duration 0 hours